TWI452983B - Baby carrier - Google Patents
Baby carrier Download PDFInfo
- Publication number
- TWI452983B TWI452983B TW096110400A TW96110400A TWI452983B TW I452983 B TWI452983 B TW I452983B TW 096110400 A TW096110400 A TW 096110400A TW 96110400 A TW96110400 A TW 96110400A TW I452983 B TWI452983 B TW I452983B
- Authority
- TW
- Taiwan
- Prior art keywords
- child
- upright position
- fastener
- holder
- seat
- Prior art date
Links
- 210000002414 leg Anatomy 0.000 claims description 124
- 210000001217 buttock Anatomy 0.000 claims description 19
- 210000000689 upper leg Anatomy 0.000 claims description 17
- 238000003860 storage Methods 0.000 description 138
- 239000004744 fabric Substances 0.000 description 79
- 230000002708 enhancing effect Effects 0.000 description 37
- 238000005304 joining Methods 0.000 description 37
- 238000013461 design Methods 0.000 description 31
- 230000008878 coupling Effects 0.000 description 21
- 238000010168 coupling process Methods 0.000 description 21
- 238000005859 coupling reaction Methods 0.000 description 21
- 238000000034 method Methods 0.000 description 15
- 230000000694 effects Effects 0.000 description 13
- 238000000926 separation method Methods 0.000 description 13
- 239000000463 material Substances 0.000 description 8
- 230000008569 process Effects 0.000 description 7
- 230000008859 change Effects 0.000 description 5
- 230000004048 modification Effects 0.000 description 5
- 238000012986 modification Methods 0.000 description 5
- 238000013022 venting Methods 0.000 description 4
- 238000003825 pressing Methods 0.000 description 3
- JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N Ethyl urethane Chemical compound CCOC(N)=O JOYRKODLDBILNP-UHFFFAOYSA-N 0.000 description 2
- 230000015572 biosynthetic process Effects 0.000 description 2
- 208000032484 Accidental exposure to product Diseases 0.000 description 1
- 231100000818 accidental exposure Toxicity 0.000 description 1
- 230000009471 action Effects 0.000 description 1
- 210000003423 ankle Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 230000037237 body shape Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000003139 buffering effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000007796 conventional method Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000011162 core material Substances 0.000 description 1
- 230000002542 deteriorative effect Effects 0.000 description 1
- 239000006260 foam Substances 0.000 description 1
- 210000002683 foot Anatomy 0.000 description 1
- 238000003780 insertion Methods 0.000 description 1
- 230000037431 insertion Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000014759 maintenance of location Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000007246 mechanism Effects 0.000 description 1
- 230000035699 permeability Effects 0.000 description 1
- 238000009958 sewing Methods 0.000 description 1
- 238000009987 spinning Methods 0.000 description 1
- 239000000725 suspension Substances 0.000 description 1
Classifications
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A41—WEARING APPAREL
- A41B—SHIRTS; UNDERWEAR; BABY LINEN; HANDKERCHIEFS
- A41B13/00—Baby linen
- A41B13/06—Slip-in bags; Swaddling clothes
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A47—FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
- A47D—FURNITURE SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR CHILDREN
- A47D13/00—Other nursery furniture
- A47D13/02—Baby-carriers; Carry-cots
- A47D13/025—Baby-carriers; Carry-cots for carrying children in seated position
-
- A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
- A47—FURNITURE; DOMESTIC ARTICLES OR APPLIANCES; COFFEE MILLS; SPICE MILLS; SUCTION CLEANERS IN GENERAL
- A47D—FURNITURE SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR CHILDREN
- A47D13/00—Other nursery furniture
- A47D13/02—Baby-carriers; Carry-cots
Landscapes
- Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
- Textile Engineering (AREA)
- Carriages For Children, Sleds, And Other Hand-Operated Vehicles (AREA)
- Buckles (AREA)
- Seats For Vehicles (AREA)
- Undergarments, Swaddling Clothes, Handkerchiefs Or Underwear Materials (AREA)
Description
本發明涉及用於抱持幼兒的幼兒背負裝置的技術。 The present invention relates to a technique for holding a child's carrying device for a child.
概言之,人們使用的幼兒背負裝置可有兩種方式來抱持幼兒:一種是躺臥位置的抱持,另一種是直立位置的抱持。在躺臥位置抱持時,幼兒是以水平躺臥的姿勢被抱持,而在直立位置的抱持時,幼兒即是以直立的姿勢被抱持。當幼兒長大時,抱持的方式通常由躺臥位置變換成直立位置的抱持。嬰兒的脖子不夠強壯,不足以將他的頭保持直立,因此通常是以躺臥的姿勢來被抱持。 In summary, the child carrying device that people use can have two ways to hold the child: one is the holding position in the lying position, and the other is the holding position in the upright position. When held in the lying position, the child is held in a horizontal lying position, and in the upright position, the child is held in an upright position. When a child grows up, the manner of holding is usually changed from a lying position to an upright position. The baby's neck is not strong enough to keep his head upright, so he is usually held in a lying position.
依前所述,在此即揭示一種幼兒背負裝置,其允許使用者可在躺臥位置抱持與直立位置抱持之間來改變抱持的方式。例如,一種已揭示的幼兒背負裝置包括一直立位置保持座,其用於直立位置的抱持,以及一躺臥位置保持座,其用於躺臥位置抱持,其中於直立位置的抱持僅可使用直立位置保持座,而躺臥位置保持座為可拆卸式地連接到直立位置保持座,用於躺臥位置的抱持(例如請參見日本專利申請案早期公開第2004-181268號)。 As described above, a child carrying device is disclosed herein that allows the user to change the manner in which the user can hold between the lying position and the upright position. For example, a disclosed infant carrying device includes an upright position retaining seat for holding in an upright position and a lying position retaining seat for holding in a lying position, wherein the holding in the upright position is only The upright position holder can be used, and the lying position holder is detachably connected to the upright position holder for holding in the lying position (for example, see Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. 2004-181268).
慣用的幼兒背負裝置具有勾子,勾附於背面(靠近幼兒側邊的表面)及直立位置保持座的側面,以及另有勾子用於勾附在背面(要接觸到直立位置保持座的表面)及躺臥位置保持座的側面。該等勾子在直立位置保持座連接到 直立位置保持座時,以彼此可拆卸式地相扣合。 The conventional infant carrying device has a hook attached to the back (near the side of the child's side) and the side of the upright position holder, and a hook for attaching to the back (to contact the surface of the upright position holder) ) and the side of the seat in the lying position. The hooks are connected to the upright position When the holder is held in the upright position, it is detachably engaged with each other.
再者,為了允許使用者將幼兒抱持在直立位置,慣用的幼兒背負裝置包括例如一主背負裝置體及一肩帶。使用者將幼兒置於主背負裝置體中,並使用肩帶將主背負裝置體懸掛在其肩膀上。使用者可使用這種幼兒背負裝置來以兩種不同的直立位置抱持幼兒:一種是背對的姿勢,其中幼兒是面向後面(即面朝向使用者)(面向後前側承載);而另一種為面向前的姿勢,其中幼兒是面向前方(面向前前側承載)。 Furthermore, in order to allow the user to hold the child in an upright position, conventional child carrying devices include, for example, a main backpack body and a shoulder strap. The user places the child in the main backpack body and uses the shoulder strap to hang the main backpack body over his shoulder. The user can use the infant carrying device to hold the child in two different upright positions: one is a back-to-back posture in which the child is facing rearward (ie, facing the user) (facing the rear front side); and the other For the forward-facing posture, the young child is facing forward (bearing toward the front front side).
當幼兒是以面向後的姿勢抱持時,幼兒的重量主要是由幼兒的臀部到主背負裝置體上。因此,主背負裝置體即需要利用一部份(以下稱之為腿部開口部)來穩固地支撐幼兒的臀部,該部份即接觸到幼兒的臀部。較佳者,腿部開口部可將其寬度維持在比一預定的尺寸要寬,藉以保持符合于移動的幼兒,即使是幼兒左右搖晃,亦可舒適地支撐幼兒的臀部。但是,當幼兒以面向前的姿勢被抱持時,大腿內側及其周圍部份即接觸到腿部開口部。大腿內側或其周圍部份之間的間隙會比臀部之間的間隙要窄。如果腿部開口部之寬度對於面向後姿勢抱持與面向前姿勢抱持皆相同,腿部開口部會壓迫到幼兒的大腿內側,並會使得幼兒覺得不舒服。 When the child is held in a rearward facing position, the weight of the child is mainly from the buttocks of the child to the main body of the device. Therefore, the main backpack body needs to use a part (hereinafter referred to as a leg opening portion) to firmly support the buttocks of the child, which is in contact with the buttocks of the child. Preferably, the leg opening portion can maintain its width wider than a predetermined size, so as to keep the child in line with the movement, and even if the child shakes left and right, the child's buttocks can be comfortably supported. However, when the child is held in a forward-facing posture, the inside of the thigh and its surrounding portion come into contact with the leg opening. The gap between the inside of the thigh or its surrounding portion is narrower than the gap between the buttocks. If the width of the leg opening is the same as the front-facing posture and the front-facing posture, the leg opening will be pressed to the inner side of the child's thigh, and the child will feel uncomfortable.
為了解決這個問題,已經有提出一些結構來調整腿部開口部之寬度。例如,一種揭示的結構包括一緊固件,連接到腿部開口部,當幼兒以面向前的姿勢被抱持時,該緊 固件即會使得腿部開口部的寬度變窄。另一種揭示的結構包括配置在腿部開口部內側的一墊部。當幼兒以面向前的姿勢被抱持時,墊部的柔軟性即可降低由腿部開口部施加到幼兒大腿的壓力。 In order to solve this problem, some structures have been proposed to adjust the width of the leg opening. For example, one disclosed structure includes a fastener attached to the leg opening that is held when the child is held in a forward facing position The firmware narrows the width of the leg opening. Another disclosed structure includes a pad disposed inside the leg opening. When the child is held in a forward-facing posture, the softness of the pad portion reduces the pressure applied to the child's thigh by the leg opening portion.
主背負裝置體另包含位元在上方的一頭部支持。頭部支持是用於支撐幼兒的頭部,並防止幼兒太過向後傾斜。頭部支持為一寬的帶狀構件,而一頭部支撐帶及一緊固件即被連接到其末端。頭部支撐帶藉由緊固件連接到主背負裝置體及肩帶,藉此連接頭部支持到主背負裝置體及肩帶。 The main backpack body further includes a head support at the top of the bit. The head support is used to support the child's head and prevent the child from leaning too far back. The head support is a wide band member, and a head support band and a fastener are attached to the ends thereof. The head support strap is coupled to the main backpack body and the shoulder strap by fasteners whereby the head support is supported to the main backpack body and the shoulder strap.
慣用具有頭部支持的幼兒背負裝置另包含一頭部支撐蓋體,藉以防止頭部支撐帶與緊固件接觸到幼兒。慣用的頭部支撐蓋體是設置成實質上為平板形狀,並配置在每個頭部支撐帶及緊固件之背面(即幼兒的側面)。另一慣用的頭部支撐蓋體是設置成一管狀。頭部支撐帶及緊固件通過該管形頭部支撐蓋體,並且實質上由頭部支撐蓋體所覆蓋。 A child support device with a head support is additionally provided with a head support cover to prevent the head support band from contacting the fastener to the child. Conventional head support covers are arranged in a substantially flat shape and are disposed on the back of each head support band and fastener (i.e., the side of the child). Another conventional head support cover is provided in a tubular shape. The head support strap and the fastener support the cover through the tubular head and are substantially covered by the head support cover.
再者,在一些已揭示具有上述設計的頭部支持當中,右側長度與左側長度為可調整。特別是該緊固件被設置成一梯扣(ladder lock)。主背負裝置體與頭部支持之間的距離可透過調整頭部支撐帶插入梯扣的距離來進行調整。 Furthermore, in some head supports that have been disclosed to have the above design, the right side length and the left side length are adjustable. In particular, the fastener is configured as a ladder lock. The distance between the main backpack body and the head support can be adjusted by adjusting the distance the head support strap is inserted into the ladder buckle.
再者,習用的直立位置保持座包括一連接帶及用於連結一右側肩帶與一左側肩帶之一帶扣(buckle)。例如,該連接帶可被設置成一帶形的形狀,連接於右側肩帶及左側肩 帶其中之一。該帶扣包含一連接於連接帶的自由端的母扣與連接於右側肩帶及左側肩帶中的另一公扣。當該公扣用可拆卸的方式與位元在連接帶的末端處之母扣相扣合時,右側與左側肩帶即透過連接帶與帶扣彼此結合。在結合狀態下,右側肩帶與左側肩帶彼此之間保持一固定的距離。因此,肩帶即不容易從使用者的肩膀滑掉,且使用者可以很容易地裝戴上幼兒背負裝置。再者,因為帶扣被設置成一側帶扣,使用者可以將母扣脫離公扣,藉由操縱配置在帶扣側邊的一操作部份即可解開肩帶。 Moreover, the conventional upright position retaining seat includes a connecting strap and a buckle for attaching a right shoulder strap to a left shoulder strap. For example, the strap can be configured in a strip shape that is attached to the right shoulder strap and the left shoulder. Take one of them. The buckle includes a female snap attached to the free end of the strap and another male snap attached to the right shoulder strap and the left shoulder strap. When the male buckle is detachably engaged with the female snap at the end of the connecting strap, the right and left shoulder straps are coupled to each other through the connecting strap and the buckle. In the combined state, the right shoulder strap and the left shoulder strap maintain a fixed distance from each other. Therefore, the shoulder strap is not easily slipped off the shoulder of the user, and the user can easily attach the infant carrying device. Moreover, since the buckle is provided as a side buckle, the user can disengage the female buckle from the male buckle, and the shoulder strap can be unwound by manipulating an operating portion disposed on the side of the buckle.
在連接帶及帶扣上,配有帶扣蓋體,可以覆蓋連接帶與帶扣,並防止連接帶與帶扣碰觸到幼兒。例如,帶扣蓋可被設置成片狀。該片狀帶扣蓋體可以折疊成兩片,而連接帶與帶扣可以置於被折疊的帶扣蓋體之內側,藉此該連接帶與帶扣可以被覆蓋成不會曝露的狀態。再者,該帶扣蓋體具有一緊固件,例如一勾子,以及一表面緊固件連接在其內側表面。該帶扣蓋體可以利用緊固件被固定到該連接帶,而使得帶扣蓋體的末端彼此相固定。 On the connecting belt and the buckle, there is a buckle cover body, which can cover the connecting belt and the buckle, and prevent the connecting belt and the buckle from touching the child. For example, the buckle cover can be provided in a sheet shape. The sheet-like buckle cover body can be folded into two pieces, and the connecting belt and the buckle can be placed inside the folded buckle cover body, whereby the connection belt and the buckle can be covered in a state of not being exposed. Further, the buckle cover has a fastener such as a hook and a surface fastener attached to the inner side surface thereof. The buckle cover can be fixed to the connecting belt with a fastener such that the ends of the buckle cover are fixed to each other.
以往當幼兒背負裝置對於幼兒背部還不夠強壯來將他們保持在直立位置時,需要高硬度的幼兒背負裝置來支撐來幼兒的背部。因此,幼兒背負裝置即需要使用一硬構件來提供高硬度,例如在主背負裝置體內設有一硬板。另一方面,對於幼兒的背部已足夠強壯而可以將他們保持在直立位置所用的幼兒背負裝置即不需要使用特別高的硬度來保護幼兒的背部。因此,這種幼兒背負裝置之主背負裝置 體即可僅使用軟布料來設置,不需要硬板。 In the past, when the child carrying device was not strong enough for the back of the child to keep them in the upright position, a high-density child carrying device was needed to support the back of the child. Therefore, the child carrying device requires a hard member to provide high rigidity, for example, a hard plate is provided in the main carrying device. On the other hand, the infant carrying device that is strong enough for the back of the child to hold them in the upright position does not require the use of a particularly high hardness to protect the back of the child. Therefore, the main carrying device of the child carrying device The body can be set using only soft cloth, no hard board is required.
再者,對於使用者非常需要一種幼兒背負裝置,其可讓使用者將幼兒背負裝置折疊成較小的形狀,在使用者外出而不需要使用時便於攜帶。為了滿足這種需求,已揭示一種儲存結構來儲存幼兒背負裝置,其是設計給幼兒的背部已足夠強壯來支撐在直立位置者。特別是,幼兒背負裝置可以被整合形成具有一袋子,例如腰袋,所以幼兒背負裝置及袋子可以分別位在前側與後側。當使用者利用幼兒背負裝置抱持幼兒時,使用者可將幼兒背負裝置拿出來;當使用者並未使用幼兒背負裝置抱持幼兒時,使用者即反轉該結構而將袋子露在外面,將幼兒背負裝置折疊成小的形狀,並塞入袋子中。 Moreover, there is a great need for a user to have a child carrying device that allows the user to fold the child carrying device into a smaller shape that is convenient to carry when the user goes out without using it. In order to meet this need, a storage structure has been disclosed for storing a child carrying device that is designed to support the child's back to be strong enough to support the upright position. In particular, the child carrying device can be integrated to form a bag, such as a waist pocket, so that the child carrying device and the bag can be positioned on the front side and the back side, respectively. When the user holds the child with the child's carrying device, the user can take out the child carrying device; when the user does not use the child carrying device to hold the child, the user reverses the structure and exposes the bag. The child carrying device is folded into a small shape and stuffed into the bag.
本發明的目的在於提供一種幼兒背負裝置,其可以解決上述習用技術的問題。 It is an object of the present invention to provide a child carrying device that solves the problems of the above-described conventional techniques.
為此目的,根據本發明之幼兒背負裝置例如可設置成以下所述。 For this purpose, the child carrying device according to the invention can be arranged, for example, as described below.
根據本發明一態樣的幼兒背負裝置具有一保持座,可讓幼兒接觸到保持座的方式來抱持,且該保持座具有一接觸部,可讓保持座接觸到幼兒,且其中嵌入有一緩衝體,且該緩衝體具有一釋放部,可以釋放該緩衝體的緩衝力。 A child carrying device according to an aspect of the present invention has a holder for holding the child in contact with the holder, and the holder has a contact portion for allowing the holder to contact the child, and a buffer is embedded therein And the buffer body has a release portion that can release the buffering force of the buffer body.
根據本發明另一態樣的幼兒背負裝置,其具有一直立位置保持座,用於以直立位置抱持幼兒,以及一躺臥位置 保持座,用於以躺臥位置抱持幼兒,且該直立位置保持座與該躺臥位置保持座皆可彼此結合及分離,並將該直立位置保持座與該躺臥位置保持座的後側表面彼此接觸,且該躺臥位置保持座具有一第一緊固件,躺臥位置保持座與直立位置保持座之一具有一第二緊固件,可以用可拆卸方式固定於第一緊固件,且該緊固件與第二緊固件是形成藏在該直立位置保持座之後側面與該躺臥位置保持座之前側面。 According to another aspect of the present invention, a child carrying device has an upright position holder for holding the child in an upright position and a lying position a holder for holding the child in a lying position, and the upright position holder and the lying position holder are coupled and separated from each other, and the upright position holder and the rear side of the lying position holder are The surfaces are in contact with each other, and the lying position holder has a first fastener, and the lying position holder and the upright position holder have a second fastener detachably fixed to the first fastener, and The fastener and the second fastener are formed on the side of the front side of the holder in the upright position and the side of the seat in the lying position.
根據本發明另一態樣的幼兒背負裝置,其中包括一座主體來抱持幼兒的軀體;一頭部支持,其配置在該座主體之端部,用於支撐幼兒的頭部;肩帶,用於以懸掛的方式來支撐該座主體;以及一連接器,用於連接該頭部支持到該座主體或該肩帶,其中該連接器的前側面實質上被一前側蓋體所覆蓋,而該連接器的一後側面實質上被一後側蓋體所覆蓋。 According to another aspect of the present invention, a child carrying device includes a body for holding a body of a child; a head support disposed at an end of the body for supporting the head of the child; a shoulder strap for Supporting the seat body in a hanging manner; and a connector for connecting the head support to the seat body or the shoulder strap, wherein a front side of the connector is substantially covered by a front side cover, and A rear side of the connector is substantially covered by a rear side cover.
根據本發明又另一態樣的幼兒背負裝置,其包括一座主體,覆蓋了幼兒的軀體;一對肩帶,其連接到該座主體;一連接帶,用於彼此連接該成對的肩帶;及一結合/分離裝置,使用一可拆卸方式將連接帶連接到肩帶上,其中該幼兒背負裝置另包含一管狀蓋,其環繞了該連接帶,並由該連接帶延伸到該結合/分離裝置,用於環繞該結合/分離裝置上至少一部份,而該蓋即固定在靠近該結合/分離裝置之位置處的連接帶。 According to still another aspect of the present invention, a child carrying device includes a main body covering a body of a child; a pair of shoulder straps coupled to the main body; and a connecting strap for connecting the pair of shoulder straps to each other And a joining/separating device for attaching the connecting strap to the shoulder strap in a detachable manner, wherein the infant carrying device further comprises a tubular cover surrounding the connecting strap and extending from the connecting strap to the coupling/ A separating device for surrounding at least a portion of the joining/separating device, and the cap is attached to the connecting strip at a position adjacent to the joining/separating device.
根據本發明又另一態樣之幼兒背負裝置,其為用於抱 持一幼兒的幼兒背負裝置,其中包括一折疊裝置來容納該幼兒背負裝置,及一儲存裝置,用於將該折疊裝置儲存在幼兒背負裝置的內部,其方式為該折疊裝置可自由地由該儲存裝置中被取出。 According to still another aspect of the present invention, a child carrying device is used for holding Holding a child's child carrying device, comprising a folding device for accommodating the child carrying device, and a storage device for storing the folding device inside the child carrying device, wherein the folding device is freely It is taken out of the storage device.
根據本發明之幼兒背負裝置,其範例性具體實施例將在以下參照所附圖面進行說明。但是,其應注意到本發明並不限於這些具體實施例。首先,將說明該幼兒背負裝置的基本結構,然後是該幼兒背負裝置之每個部份的細部結構說明。最後,將說明該具體實施例的變化。 Exemplary embodiments of the infant carrying device according to the present invention will be described below with reference to the accompanying drawings. However, it should be noted that the invention is not limited to these specific embodiments. First, the basic structure of the child carrying device will be explained, followed by a detailed description of the structure of each part of the child carrying device. Finally, a variation of this particular embodiment will be explained.
首先,將說明該幼兒背負裝置的基本結構。圖1為該幼兒背負裝置的概觀立體圖,以及圖2為該幼兒背負裝置之分解立體圖。一幼兒背負裝置1為用於抱持一幼兒的抱持裝置。幼兒背負裝置1包括一直立位置保持座10,可讓使用者(例如幼兒的母親或父親)穿戴,以及一躺臥位置保持座50,其是可拆卸式地連接到該直立位置保持座10。在以下的說明中,如果未另外說明的話,圖1中的X方向、Y方向及Z方向將分別稱之為向右方向、向前方向及向上方向。與其相對的方向將分別稱之為向左方向、向後方向及向下方向。直立位置保持座10的一表面與該躺臥位置保持座50的一表面將放置成彼此接觸,而將稱之為後側 表面,而相對於該後側表面之表面將稱之為前側面。如有必要,垂直方向與水平方向將分別稱之為縱向與橫向。 First, the basic structure of the infant carrying device will be explained. 1 is a schematic perspective view of the child carrying device, and FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view of the child carrying device. A child carrying device 1 is a holding device for holding a child. The child carrying device 1 includes an upright position holder 10 that is worn by a user (e.g., a mother or father of a child) and a lying position holder 50 that is detachably coupled to the upright position holder 10. In the following description, the X direction, the Y direction, and the Z direction in FIG. 1 will be referred to as a rightward direction, a forward direction, and an upward direction, respectively, unless otherwise stated. The opposite directions will be referred to as the leftward direction, the backward direction, and the downward direction, respectively. A surface of the upright position retaining seat 10 and a surface of the lying position holding seat 50 are placed in contact with each other, and will be referred to as a rear side. The surface, and the surface relative to the back side surface, will be referred to as the front side. If necessary, the vertical and horizontal directions will be referred to as vertical and horizontal, respectively.
幼兒背負裝置1的使用者可用多種方式抱持幼兒。該等抱持方式主要地可分成三種,即「躺臥位置保持」、「直立位置抱持」及「後側背負」(肩扛)。「直立位置抱持」可另分成「面向前抱持」與「面向後抱持」。「後側背負」另分成「正常後側背負」與「帶體交錯之後側背負」。總之,使用者可用五種不同方式抱持幼兒。該使用者可根據他/或她的需求,選擇五種抱持方式其中之一來抱持幼兒。 The user of the child carrying device 1 can hold the child in a variety of ways. These holding methods can be mainly divided into three types, namely, "lying position retention", "upright position holding" and "back side carrying" (shoulders). "Upright position holding" can be further divided into "forward holding" and "facing backward". The "back side of the back" is divided into "normal back side negative" and "striped back side negative". In short, users can hold young children in five different ways. The user can choose one of five holding styles to hold the child according to his/her needs.
特別是當該使用者以「躺臥位置保持」的方式抱持幼兒時,幼兒是以躺臥的姿勢被抱持,且實質上會在使用者之前水平地拉伸腳部,如圖3所示。當使用者以「直立位置抱持」的方式抱持幼兒時,幼兒實質上是在使用者之前垂直直立地被抱持。另外,在「面向後直立位置抱持」中,幼兒是面向後地被抱持(朝向使用者),如圖4所示,而在「面向前直立位置抱持」當中,幼兒是面向前地被抱持,如圖5所示。在「後側背負」當中,使用者將幼兒扛在他/她的背上,而幼兒實質上為垂直直立。再者,於「正常後側背負」當中,使用者將使用如圖6所示稍後所述的一對肩帶,即右側肩帶與左側肩帶(未示於圖6)彼此並不會相交,而在「交錯帶體之後側背負」當中,使用者可將肩帶放置成彼此相交錯,如圖7所示。 In particular, when the user holds the child in a "lying position" manner, the child is held in a lying position and substantially stretches the foot horizontally before the user, as shown in FIG. Show. When the user holds the child in an "upright position" manner, the child is substantially vertically held upright before the user. In addition, in the "facing rearward upright position", the child is held rearward (toward the user), as shown in Fig. 4, and in the "facing front upright position", the child is facing forward. Being held, as shown in Figure 5. In the "back side load", the user places the child on his/her back while the child is substantially vertically upright. Furthermore, in the "normal back side", the user will use a pair of shoulder straps as described later in FIG. 6, that is, the right shoulder strap and the left shoulder strap (not shown in FIG. 6) do not Intersect, and in the "back side of the staggered belt", the user can place the shoulder straps staggered with each other, as shown in Figure 7.
概言之,幼兒在出生之後一直到數個月,因為脖子不 夠強壯,並不能夠將頭部保持直立。因此,幼兒是以躺臥的姿勢被抱持。當幼兒的脖子足夠強壯時,幼兒即可用直立的姿勢被抱持。當使用者使用該具體實施例的幼兒背負裝置1時,使用者僅有在當他/她以幼兒躺臥姿勢抱持幼兒時,才將躺臥位置保持座50連接到該直立位置保持座10,而稍後他/她可移除該躺臥位置保持座50,並單獨使用直立位置保持座10。因此,該幼兒背負裝置1具有多功能性,並且便於使用。 In a nutshell, young children are born until after a few months because the neck is not Strong enough to keep the head upright. Therefore, the child is held in a lying position. When the child's neck is strong enough, the child can be held in an upright position. When the user uses the child carrying device 1 of the specific embodiment, the user connects the lying position holder 50 to the upright position holder 10 only when he/she holds the child in a lying position. And later he/she can remove the lying position holder 50 and use the upright position holding seat 10 alone. Therefore, the child carrying device 1 is versatile and easy to use.
直立位置保持座10的基本結構 Basic structure of the upright position retaining seat 10
以下將說明直立位置保持座10之基本結構。圖8為該直立位置保持座10的立體圖,圖9為該直立位置保持座10的前視圖,而圖10為該直立位置保持座10的後視圖。該直立位置保持座10主要包括一直立位置保持座主體11、一頭部支持12、肩帶13、連接帶14、側帶15及腿部支持帶16。頭部支持12、肩帶13、連接帶14、側帶15及腿部支持帶16每個皆連接到該直立位置保持座主體11。 The basic structure of the upright position holding base 10 will be described below. 8 is a perspective view of the upright position holding base 10, FIG. 9 is a front view of the upright position holding seat 10, and FIG. 10 is a rear view of the upright position holding seat 10. The upright position retaining seat 10 mainly includes an upright position retaining seat body 11, a head support 12, a shoulder strap 13, a connecting strap 14, a side strap 15, and a leg support strap 16. Head support 12, shoulder strap 13, strap 14, side strap 15 and leg support strap 16 are each coupled to the upright position retainer body 11.
該直立位置保持座主體11形成一容納面以容納該躺臥位置保持座50,同時亦被形成一抱持面來直接支撐幼兒。該直立位置保持座主體11為該直立位置保持座10之基本結構件。只要該直立位置保持座主體11滿足上述的功能,該直立位置保持座主體11可以被設置成任何的形狀。該具體實施例的直立位置保持座主體11概略形成為一拉長形,且實質上為平板狀的形狀。該直立位置保持座主體11之長度 實質上是對應於由幼兒的脖子延伸到胯部的長度,而其寬度實質上是對應於幼兒的軀體的寬度。較佳者,直立位置保持座主體11具有足夠的彈性以搭配幼兒抱持方式的改變,並跟隨幼兒的移動。例如,該直立位置保持座主體11包括像是氨基鉀酸酯材料的墊部(cushiony member),且該墊部之前側面及後側面分別覆蓋有一包覆織物,以及一襯背織物(該墊部、包覆織物及襯背織物並未顯示於圖8到圖10)。對應於幼兒身體的上半部的包覆織物及襯背織物是以具有良好透氣特性之網格織物所製成,藉以增近幼兒的舒適性,並改進幼兒背負裝置1之設計。 The upright position retaining seat body 11 defines a receiving surface for receiving the lying position holder 50, and is also formed with a holding surface to directly support the child. The upright position retainer body 11 is the basic structural member of the upright position retaining seat 10. The upright position holder main body 11 can be provided in any shape as long as the upright position holding seat main body 11 satisfies the above-described functions. The upright position holder main body 11 of this embodiment is roughly formed into an elongated shape and has a substantially flat shape. The position of the upright position retaining seat body 11 Essentially corresponds to the length extending from the neck of the toddler to the ankle, and the width is substantially corresponding to the width of the body of the toddler. Preferably, the upright position holder body 11 has sufficient elasticity to match the change in the manner in which the child is held and follows the movement of the child. For example, the upright position holder body 11 includes a cushiony member such as a urethane material, and the front side and the rear side of the pad portion are respectively covered with a covering fabric, and a backing fabric (the pad portion) The coated fabric and the backing fabric are not shown in Figures 8 to 10). The covering fabric and the backing fabric corresponding to the upper half of the child's body are made of a mesh fabric having good breathability, thereby enhancing the comfort of the child and improving the design of the child carrying device 1.
該頭部支持12為一頭部支撐器(head supporter),其可承受幼兒頭部的重量,並防止幼兒過度向後傾斜。只要頭部支持12可發揮作用,頭部支持12可以被設置成任何形狀。概言之,該具體實施例之頭部支持12被形成一水平長條形的形狀。該頭部支持12之高度為可覆蓋脖子部份直到幼兒的頭部之頂部,而其寬度略寬於該直立位置保持座主體11之寬度。該頭部支持12被形成具有一墊部,由網狀材料的包覆織物及襯背織物所覆蓋。因此,可確保頭部支持12的柔軟度,並可增進幼兒的舒適性及幼兒背負裝置1的設計品質。該頭部支持12的下緣沿著一縫合線17縫合於該直立位置保持座主體11的上緣。該頭部支持12可在縫合線17折疊到前側。因此,在圖5中,幼兒面向前被抱持的時候,在該直立位置保持座主體11的上方有一開口空間,該幼兒面向前的臉則並未被包覆,藉此可以增進幼兒的舒適性。 The head support 12 is a head supporter that can withstand the weight of the child's head and prevent the child from tilting excessively backwards. The head support 12 can be set to any shape as long as the head support 12 is functional. In summary, the head support 12 of this particular embodiment is formed into a horizontal elongated shape. The head support 12 has a height that covers the neck portion up to the top of the child's head and a width that is slightly wider than the width of the upright position retaining seat body 11. The head support 12 is formed with a pad portion covered by a covering fabric of a mesh material and a backing fabric. Therefore, the softness of the head support 12 can be ensured, and the comfort of the child and the design quality of the child carrying device 1 can be improved. The lower edge of the head support 12 is sewn to the upper edge of the upright position retaining body 11 along a suture 17. The head support 12 can be folded over the suture 17 to the front side. Therefore, in FIG. 5, when the child is held forward, an open space is provided above the holder body 11 in the upright position, and the front face of the child is not covered, thereby enhancing the comfort of the child. Sex.
該肩帶13為一支撐器(supporter),其放置在使用者的肩膀周圍,所以使用者可以用一懸吊的方式,承受被施加於該直立位置保持座10之幼兒的重量。同時在該直立位置保持座主體11的右側與左側提供有該肩帶13。該肩帶13的長度為該肩帶13由該直立位置保持座主體11之側邊突出,繞過使用者的肩膀,並到達使用者的胸部或背部。該肩帶13被形成為略寬於該側帶15或腿部支撐帶16,所以施加於使用者肩部的重量會透過肩帶13而被分散,藉此舒緩使用者所感受到的重量。再者,如圖11的肩帶13的放大前視圖中所示,沿著縱向在每個肩帶13的不同側且靠近肩帶13的中央具有一緊固件18。因此,兩個成對的肩帶13可以透過緊固件18彼此連接,藉以形成一較寬的條狀構件,如圖12前視圖所示。當該使用者於躺臥位置抱持時,僅將肩帶13置於一個肩膀上時,如圖3所示,較寬的肩帶13即很難由肩膀滑落,並能夠均勻地分散重量,藉此在使用者身上的負擔即可進一步被減輕。 The shoulder strap 13 is a supporter that is placed around the shoulder of the user so that the user can withstand the weight of the infant applied to the upright position retaining seat 10 in a suspended manner. At the same time, the shoulder belt 13 is provided on the right side and the left side of the holder main body 11 in the upright position. The length of the shoulder strap 13 is such that the shoulder strap 13 protrudes from the side of the upright position retaining body 11 to bypass the user's shoulder and reach the chest or back of the user. The shoulder strap 13 is formed to be slightly wider than the side strap 15 or the leg support strap 16, so that the weight applied to the shoulder of the user is dispersed through the shoulder strap 13, thereby relieving the weight felt by the user. Further, as shown in the enlarged front view of the shoulder strap 13 of FIG. 11, a fastener 18 is provided along the longitudinal direction on the different side of each shoulder strap 13 and near the center of the shoulder strap 13. Thus, the two pairs of shoulder straps 13 can be joined to each other by fasteners 18 to form a wider strip member, as shown in the front view of FIG. When the user is held in the lying position, when only the shoulder strap 13 is placed on one shoulder, as shown in FIG. 3, the wider shoulder strap 13 is difficult to slide off the shoulder and can uniformly disperse the weight. Thereby the burden on the user can be further alleviated.
回到圖8到圖10,具有上述設計的頭部支持12與肩帶13是透過頭部支撐帶20而彼此連接。圖13為頭部支撐帶20周圍部份的放大前視圖,圖14為頭部支撐帶20周圍部份的放大前視圖,稍後所述的後側蓋體72即被打開,而圖15為解開狀態,顯示頭部支撐帶20周圍部份的放大前視圖。頭部支撐帶20為一連接器,可使頭部支持12與肩帶13彼此連接,並由頭部支持12的每個末端朝向右側或左側方向突出。 Returning to Figs. 8 to 10, the head support 12 and the shoulder strap 13 having the above design are connected to each other through the head support belt 20. Figure 13 is an enlarged front elevational view of a portion around the head support belt 20, and Figure 14 is an enlarged front elevational view of a portion around the head support belt 20, the rear side cover 72 being opened later, and Figure 15 is The unwrapped state shows an enlarged front view of the portion around the head support band 20. The head support belt 20 is a connector that allows the head support 12 and the shoulder belt 13 to be connected to each other and protrudes from the end of the head support 12 toward the right or left direction.
頭部支撐帶20包括一條狀的主帶體21,由該直立位置保持座主體11突出,用於長度調整的一梯扣22被配置在主帶體21之自由端,以及一勾子23與梯扣22為一體成形被配置在梯扣22之末端。另一方面,一環體24被配置在肩帶13之上,位在對應於勾子23之處。當勾子23以可拆卸式地結合於環體24,頭部支持12被連接到肩帶13,所以幼兒頭部的重量透過肩帶13而被支撐著,藉此幼兒的頭部即可更為安全地被抱持。再者,當頭部支持12與肩帶13以上述方式被連接時,成對的肩帶13之間在上方位置處被保持一距離,藉此使用者肩膀上的負擔即可減輕。再者,當主帶體21被插入到梯扣22的深度被改變時,即可調整主帶體21由直立位置保持座主體11突出的長度,並且可以調整頭部支持12與肩帶13之間的距離,藉此,容納幼兒之空間大小即可根據幼兒的身體大小及月份年齡來調整。當頭部支持12被連接到肩帶13時,直立位置保持座主體11、頭部支持12及肩帶13形成一手臂孔25,其是由這三個構件所環繞的開口,如圖9及圖10所示,幼兒可自由地將其手臂置入手臂孔25當中。 The head support belt 20 includes a strip-shaped main belt body 21 which is protruded from the upright position holder main body 11, and a ladder buckle 22 for length adjustment is disposed at the free end of the main belt body 21, and a hook 23 and The ladder buckle 22 is integrally formed at the end of the ladder buckle 22. On the other hand, a ring body 24 is disposed above the shoulder belt 13 at a position corresponding to the hook 23. When the hook 23 is detachably coupled to the ring body 24, the head support 12 is coupled to the shoulder strap 13, so that the weight of the child's head is supported by the shoulder strap 13, whereby the child's head can be more To be held safely. Further, when the head support 12 and the shoulder belt 13 are connected in the above-described manner, the pair of shoulder belts 13 are held at a distance from the upper position, whereby the burden on the shoulder of the user can be alleviated. Furthermore, when the depth at which the main belt body 21 is inserted into the ladder buckle 22 is changed, the length of the main belt body 21 protruding from the upright position holder main body 11 can be adjusted, and the head support 12 and the shoulder belt 13 can be adjusted. The distance between the children can be adjusted according to the body size of the child and the age of the month. When the head support 12 is attached to the shoulder strap 13, the upright position retaining seat body 11, the head support 12 and the shoulder strap 13 form an arm hole 25 which is an opening surrounded by the three members, as shown in FIG. 9 and As shown in Fig. 10, the child is free to place his arm into the arm hole 25.
如圖8及圖9所示,連接帶14為一連接器,其使右側及左側肩帶13彼此連接(在圖8及圖9中,連接帶14即儲存在一儲存部90中,如稍後所述)。圖16為在一連接狀態中,該連接帶的部份放大前視圖。連接帶14是被配置在靠近於其中之一肩帶13(在本實施例中為左側肩帶13)連接到直立位置保持座主體11之位置處,並形成為一條狀構 件,其由一肩帶13延伸到另一個肩帶13(在本實施例中為右側肩帶13)。一母扣26配置在連接帶14之自由端處,藉此一公扣27被配置在對應於母扣26的位置,其靠近於另一個肩帶13(在本實施例中為右側肩帶13)連接到直立位置保持座主體11的位置(在圖16中,公扣27儲存在母扣26中)。 As shown in FIGS. 8 and 9, the connecting belt 14 is a connector that connects the right side and the left side shoulder belt 13 to each other (in FIGS. 8 and 9 , the connecting belt 14 is stored in a storage portion 90, such as Said later). Figure 16 is a partially enlarged front elevational view of the connecting strip in a connected state. The connecting belt 14 is disposed at a position close to one of the shoulder belts 13 (the left shoulder belt 13 in this embodiment) to the upright position holder main body 11, and is formed into a single structure. A piece that extends from one shoulder strap 13 to the other shoulder strap 13 (in this embodiment, the right shoulder strap 13). A female snap 26 is disposed at the free end of the strap 14, whereby a male snap 27 is disposed at a position corresponding to the female snap 26, which is adjacent to the other shoulder strap 13 (in this embodiment, the right shoulder strap 13) The position of the holder main body 11 is connected to the upright position (in FIG. 16, the male buckle 27 is stored in the female snap 26).
在母扣26中,一空間(未示出)是被形成來儲存公扣27,及一結合輪轂(engaging boss)(未圖示出)被形成在該空間中。當公扣27被插入到該空間中,結合輪轂以可拆卸式地方式結合公扣27。因此,右側及左側肩帶13可透過連接帶14彼此連接,以此方式即可維持肩帶13之間的距離,藉此可以進一步減輕使用者之負擔。母扣26具有一操作部26a。當操作部26a被按下而母扣26產生彈性變形時,該結合輪轂即釋放公扣27,而肩帶13即由與連接帶14之連接所釋放。 In the female snap 26, a space (not shown) is formed to store the male snap 27, and an engaging boss (not shown) is formed in the space. When the male snap 27 is inserted into the space, the male snap 27 is detachably coupled to the hub. Therefore, the right and left shoulder straps 13 can be connected to each other through the connecting belt 14, in such a manner that the distance between the shoulder straps 13 can be maintained, thereby further reducing the burden on the user. The female snap 26 has an operating portion 26a. When the operating portion 26a is pressed and the female snap 26 is elastically deformed, the engaging hub releases the male snap 27, and the shoulder strap 13 is released by the connection with the connecting strap 14.
再回到圖8及圖9,側帶15為一連接器,其可使肩帶13與直立位置保持座主體11彼此連接。側帶15的上端經由一旋轉扣30連接到肩帶13的末端,如下所述。側帶15的下端經由梯扣28連接到直立位置保持座主體11的下端。使用者可以根據使用者的身體形狀而改變側帶15插入梯扣28的量來調整肩帶13與直立位置保持座主體11之間的距離,藉此可使肩帶13適合於他/她自己。再者,在靠近右側及左側側帶15其中之一(在本實施例中為右側側帶15)之下端處提供有一結合橡膠(binding rubber)29,如圖2所示。結合 橡膠29為一圓形彈性件。當另一側帶15(在本具體實施例中為左側側帶15)之下端穿過結合橡膠29,右側及左側側帶15之下端是結合在一起,藉此側帶15可防止本身因懸掛的鬆弛而干擾使用者。 Returning to Figures 8 and 9, the side strap 15 is a connector that connects the shoulder strap 13 and the upright position retainer body 11 to each other. The upper end of the side strap 15 is coupled to the end of the shoulder strap 13 via a swivel buckle 30, as described below. The lower end of the side belt 15 is connected to the lower end of the upright position holder main body 11 via a ladder buckle 28. The user can change the amount of the side strap 15 inserted into the ladder buckle 28 according to the shape of the user's body to adjust the distance between the shoulder strap 13 and the upright position holder body 11, thereby making the shoulder strap 13 suitable for him/herself. . Further, a binding rubber 29 is provided at the lower end of one of the right side and left side side belts 15 (in the present embodiment, the right side side belt 15), as shown in FIG. Combine The rubber 29 is a circular elastic member. When the lower end of the other side belt 15 (in the present embodiment, the left side belt 15) passes through the joint rubber 29, the lower ends of the right side and left side belts 15 are joined together, whereby the side belt 15 prevents itself from being suspended. Relaxation interferes with the user.
如上述所設置的肩帶13與側帶15是藉由旋轉扣30彼此連接,如圖9所示。圖17為旋轉扣30之前視圖,圖18為旋轉扣30之底視圖,而圖19為解開狀態下,旋轉扣30之立體圖(部份分解圖)。旋轉扣30包括一公扣31及一母扣32。一肩帶13(在本具體實施例中為右側肩帶13)及一側帶15(在本具體實施例中為右側側帶15)透過公扣31彼此相連接,而另一肩帶13(在本具體實施例中為左側肩帶13)及另一個側帶15(在本具體實施例中為左側側帶15)透過母扣32彼此連接。當公扣31及母扣32彼此連接,右側肩帶13與左側肩帶13在使用者之前彼此連接,藉此達成如圖7所示之交錯帶體的後側背負,且可進一步分散在使用者身上的重量。 The shoulder belt 13 and the side belt 15 as set forth above are connected to each other by a rotary buckle 30 as shown in FIG. 17 is a front view of the rotary buckle 30, FIG. 18 is a bottom view of the rotary buckle 30, and FIG. 19 is a perspective view (partial exploded view) of the rotary buckle 30 in the unlocked state. The rotary buckle 30 includes a male buckle 31 and a female buckle 32. A shoulder strap 13 (in the present embodiment, the right shoulder strap 13) and a side strap 15 (in the present embodiment, the right side strap 15) are connected to each other by a male snap 31, and the other shoulder strap 13 ( In the present embodiment, the left shoulder strap 13) and the other side strap 15 (in the present embodiment, the left side strap 15) are connected to each other by a female snap 32. When the male snap 31 and the female snap 32 are connected to each other, the right shoulder strap 13 and the left shoulder strap 13 are connected to each other before the user, thereby achieving the back side of the interlaced strip as shown in FIG. 7, and can be further dispersed in use. The weight of the person.
如圖17到圖19所示,公扣31包括彼此形成一體的底部33及舌體34。底部33具有可讓肩帶13連接的一環體33a,及可讓側帶15連接的一裂縫33b。舌體34被形成為一圓形。一操作部34a被提供在舌體34之圓形之內。當操作部34a在非壓縮狀態時,操作部34a朝向後側突出(朝向使用者的側面),更遠離舌體34。操作部34a朝向前側可產生彈性變形。另一方面,母扣32包括形成一體的一底部35及一插座36。底部35具有一環體35a,可讓肩帶13連接, 及一裂縫35b,可讓側帶15連接。插座36具有一空間36a在其中,用以容納公扣31的舌體34。用可拆卸方式可將舌體34插入到空間36a中。在該空間的後側,配置有一環體36b。當舌體34被插入到空間36a當中,舌體34的操作部34a朝向後側通過環體36b的一孔洞而突出,並以可拆卸式結合於環體36b。因此,公扣31及母扣32彼此連接。在連接狀態下,公扣31可在一垂直平面(沿著使用者胸部延伸的一個平面)上,預定的範圍內,相對於母扣32沿著操作部34a旋轉。使用者可以根據他/她的身體形狀調整肩帶13與側帶15之交叉角度,使得幼兒背負裝置可以更加地適合於使用者。圖20為旋轉扣30的前視圖。在圖20中,一虛線代表在旋轉之前的旋轉扣30,而一實線代表旋轉之後的旋轉扣30。當旋轉扣30在連接狀態下,使用者由後側朝向前側按下操作部34a,操作部34a即產生彈性變形,並脫離環體36b,藉此公扣31即由與母扣32的結合中釋放。因為操作部34a被配置在旋轉扣30的後側,由前側不小心按下旋轉扣30並不會造成公扣31與母扣32的分離。 As shown in FIGS. 17 to 19, the male snap 31 includes a bottom portion 33 and a tongue body 34 which are integrally formed with each other. The bottom portion 33 has a ring body 33a that allows the shoulder straps 13 to be joined, and a slit 33b that allows the side straps 15 to be joined. The tongue 34 is formed into a circular shape. An operating portion 34a is provided within the circle of the tongue 34. When the operation portion 34a is in the uncompressed state, the operation portion 34a protrudes toward the rear side (toward the side of the user), and is further away from the tongue 34. The operation portion 34a is elastically deformed toward the front side. On the other hand, the female snap 32 includes a bottom portion 35 and a socket 36 that are integrally formed. The bottom portion 35 has a ring body 35a for connecting the shoulder straps 13, And a crack 35b, which allows the side straps 15 to be connected. The socket 36 has a space 36a therein for receiving the tongue 34 of the male snap 31. The tongue 34 can be inserted into the space 36a in a detachable manner. On the rear side of the space, a ring body 36b is disposed. When the tongue 34 is inserted into the space 36a, the operation portion 34a of the tongue 34 protrudes toward the rear side through a hole of the ring body 36b, and is detachably coupled to the ring body 36b. Therefore, the male snap 31 and the female snap 32 are connected to each other. In the connected state, the male snap 31 can be rotated along the operating portion 34a with respect to the female snap 32 over a predetermined range on a vertical plane (a plane extending along the chest of the user). The user can adjust the angle of intersection of the shoulder strap 13 and the side strap 15 according to his/her body shape, so that the child carrying device can be more suitable for the user. 20 is a front view of the spin button 30. In Fig. 20, a broken line represents the spin button 30 before the rotation, and a solid line represents the spin button 30 after the rotation. When the rotary buckle 30 is in the connected state, the user presses the operation portion 34a from the rear side toward the front side, and the operation portion 34a is elastically deformed and released from the ring body 36b, whereby the male snap 31 is engaged with the female snap 32. freed. Since the operation portion 34a is disposed on the rear side of the rotary buckle 30, the rotation of the rotary buckle 30 by the front side does not cause the separation of the male snap 31 and the female snap 32.
再回到圖8及圖9,腿部支撐帶16為一連接器,其環繞幼兒的腿部,並連接直立位置保持座主體11之側面部與下端部,以懸吊的方式透過直立位置保持座主體11接收由幼兒臀部所轉移之幼兒的重量。圖21為腿部支撐帶16的前視圖。腿部支撐帶16包括一腿部支撐帶主體40,其連接到直立位置保持座主體11的下端,及一橡膠製可拉伸帶41,其將腿部支撐帶主體40連接到靠近直立位置保持座主體11 與肩帶13相連的位置處。可拉伸帶41可以根據幼兒的移動而拉伸,且使得直立位置保持座主體11的下部皆可搭配幼兒身體的屁股部份。在可拉伸帶41周圍處配置有一帶蓋體42。帶蓋體42實質上完全地包覆可拉伸帶41,並使其處於不會曝露的狀態。因此,無論可拉伸帶41被拉伸的狀態為何,僅有帶蓋體42會曝露於外面,藉此即可改善幼兒背負裝置1的設計品質。當直立位置保持座主體11的側部與下端部透過腿部支撐帶16彼此連接,腿孔43被形成為由直立位置保持座主體11與腿部支撐帶16所環繞的一開口。幼兒可自由地將其腿部置於腿孔43當中。 8 and 9, the leg support belt 16 is a connector that surrounds the leg of the child and connects the side and lower ends of the upright position holder body 11 to be suspended in an upright position. The seat body 11 receives the weight of the child transferred from the buttocks of the child. 21 is a front elevational view of the leg support belt 16. The leg support belt 16 includes a leg support belt main body 40 coupled to the lower end of the upright position holder body 11, and a rubber stretchable belt 41 that connects the leg support belt main body 40 to the upright position. Seat body 11 At the position where the shoulder strap 13 is connected. The stretchable belt 41 can be stretched according to the movement of the child, and the lower portion of the upright position holder body 11 can be matched with the buttock portion of the child's body. A cover body 42 is disposed around the stretchable belt 41. The lid body 42 substantially completely covers the stretchable belt 41 and is placed in a state where it is not exposed. Therefore, regardless of the state in which the stretchable belt 41 is stretched, only the lid body 42 is exposed to the outside, whereby the design quality of the infant carrying device 1 can be improved. When the side portion and the lower end portion of the upright position holder main body 11 are connected to each other through the leg support belt 16, the leg hole 43 is formed as an opening surrounded by the upright position holding seat main body 11 and the leg support belt 16. The toddler is free to place his or her leg in the leg hole 43.
在此將說明圖1及圖2所示的躺臥位置保持座50之基本結構。圖22為躺臥位置保持座50之立體圖,圖23為躺臥位置保持座50的前視圖,而圖24為躺臥位置保持座50之後視圖。躺臥位置保持座50包括一躺臥位置保持座主體51、一頭部保護(head guard)52、一抱持帶53及一帶體結合裝置54。該頭部保護52、抱持帶53及帶體結合裝置(strap combiner)54,每個元件皆連接到躺臥位置保持座主體51。 The basic structure of the lying position holder 50 shown in Figs. 1 and 2 will be described here. 22 is a perspective view of the lying position holding seat 50, FIG. 23 is a front view of the lying position holding seat 50, and FIG. 24 is a rear view of the lying position holding seat 50. The lying position holder 50 includes a lying position holder main body 51, a head guard 52, a holding belt 53, and a belt coupling device 54. The head guard 52, the holding belt 53, and a strap combiner 54 are each connected to the lying position holder main body 51.
躺臥位置保持座主體51形成一容納面,可直容納納幼兒。躺臥位置保持座主體51為躺臥位置保持座50之基本結構件。只要躺臥位置保持座主體51達到上述的功能,躺臥位置保持座51可以被設置成任何形狀。本具體實施例之躺臥位置保持座主體51概略形成為一垂直拉長、實質上平板 狀的形狀,且其長度與寬度足以收納幼兒的整個身體。較佳地是,躺臥位置保持座主體51具有足夠的強度,在當幼兒的脖子不夠強壯來支撐頭部時,即可抱持幼兒並使得幼兒保持在適當的形狀。例如,躺臥位置保持座主體51由一硬板55所形成做為核心材料(core material),如圖25中躺臥位置保持座51之垂直截面圖所示。使用高強度的硬板55使其有可能在躺臥姿勢抱持時使幼兒被支撐在實質上水平的姿勢,並防止幼兒的背脊扭曲。再者,一發泡件(foamed member)56被配置在硬板55之前側,並由包覆織物57所包覆,而使用像是優麗漆(urethane)材料的墊部58被配置在硬板55的後側,並由襯背織物59所包覆,所以可以增進幼兒的舒適性。排氣孔55a實質為穿孔,其被形成於硬板55的多處,藉此躺臥位置保持座50之排氣性以及幼兒的舒適性皆可增進。 The lying position holder main body 51 forms a receiving surface for directly accommodating the child. The lying position holder main body 51 is a basic structural member of the lying position holding seat 50. The lying position holder 51 can be provided in any shape as long as the lying position holder main body 51 achieves the above-described function. The lying position holder main body 51 of the present embodiment is roughly formed into a vertically elongated, substantially flat plate. The shape of the shape, and its length and width are sufficient to accommodate the entire body of the child. Preferably, the lying position holder body 51 has sufficient strength to hold the child and keep the child in an appropriate shape when the child's neck is not strong enough to support the head. For example, the lying position holder main body 51 is formed of a hard plate 55 as a core material as shown in a vertical sectional view of the lying position holding seat 51 in FIG. The use of a high-strength hard plate 55 makes it possible to support the child in a substantially horizontal posture while holding in a lying position and to prevent the child's back ridge from being twisted. Further, a foamed member 56 is disposed on the front side of the hard plate 55 and covered by the covering fabric 57, and a pad portion 58 such as a urethane material is disposed on the hard surface. The rear side of the plate 55 is covered by the backing fabric 59, so that the comfort of the child can be improved. The vent hole 55a is substantially perforated, and is formed at a plurality of places of the hard plate 55, whereby the venting property of the lying position holding seat 50 and the comfort of the child can be improved.
再回到圖22到圖24,切口部(cut-out portion)60以對應的形狀被形成在躺臥位置保持座主體51之右側及左側處對應於幼兒手臂的地方。因此幼兒可以經由切口部60將其手臂伸展到外面,藉此可以增進幼兒的舒適性。再者,因為並無構件會被配置在躺臥位置保持座主體51之前側,除了抱持帶53之外,躺臥位置保持座主體51的前側即為一開口空間,藉此當幼兒以躺臥姿勢抱持時,幼兒的體熱可以有效地被排出,並可進一步增進幼兒的舒適性。 Returning to Figs. 22 to 24, a cut-out portion 60 is formed in a corresponding shape at a position corresponding to the child's arm at the right and left sides of the lying position holder main body 51. Therefore, the child can extend his or her arm to the outside through the incision portion 60, whereby the comfort of the child can be improved. Furthermore, since no member is disposed on the front side of the seat main body 51 in the lying position, in addition to the holding belt 53, the front side of the lying position holding seat main body 51 is an open space, whereby the young child lies When the posture is held, the body heat of the child can be effectively discharged, and the comfort of the child can be further improved.
頭部保護52為一保持器,其可在躺臥姿勢抱持時由後方收納幼兒的頭部。頭部保護52形成為半球的形狀,其是 對應於幼兒頭部的形狀,並被縫合在躺臥位置保持座主體51之上緣。頭部保護52被設置有一硬板(未示出)。開口(未示出)會形成在硬板上的多個位置,藉此頭部保護52之排氣性及幼兒的舒適性皆可進一步因此增進。頭部保護52是與躺臥位置保持座主體51是獨立分離,並在稍後縫合於躺臥位置保持座主體51。因此,頭部保護52在結構上獨立於躺臥位置保持座主體51,而躺臥位置保持座主體51之變形或類似狀況並未直接轉移到頭部保護52,藉此可防止頭部保護52之變形,並可保持收納幼兒頭部之空間。 The head guard 52 is a holder that can accommodate the head of the child from the rear when held in the lying position. The head guard 52 is formed in the shape of a hemisphere, which is Corresponding to the shape of the child's head, and stitched to the upper edge of the seat body 51 in the lying position. The head guard 52 is provided with a hard plate (not shown). Openings (not shown) may be formed at a plurality of locations on the hardboard, whereby the venting of the head restraint 52 and the comfort of the infant may be further enhanced. The head guard 52 is separated from the lying position holder main body 51, and is later sewn to the lying position holding seat main body 51. Therefore, the head guard 52 is structurally independent of the lying position holding body main body 51, and the deformation or the like of the lying position holding seat main body 51 is not directly transferred to the head protecting 52, whereby the head protecting 52 can be prevented. The deformation is made and the space for accommodating the head of the child can be maintained.
抱持帶53在躺臥姿勢抱特時是由上方抱持幼兒的軀體,並連接到躺臥位置保持座主體51之右側及左側其中之一(在本實施例中為右側)。抱持帶53所形成的長度使得抱持帶53延伸到幼兒的軀體之上,並到達躺臥位置保持座主體51之右側及左側的另一側(在本具體實施例中為左側)。如圖24所示,一公勾61被連接到抱持帶53之自由端,而母勾62被連接到躺臥位置保持座主體51之右側及左側的其中另一側(在本具體實施例中為左側),其位置是對應於公勾61的位置。當公勾61為可拆卸式地結合於母勾62,抱持帶53可被固定連接到躺臥位置保持座主體51之上。因此,抱持帶53可抱持幼兒的軀體。 The holding belt 53 holds the body of the child from above when standing in a lying position, and is connected to one of the right side and the left side (in the present embodiment, the right side) of the lying position holder main body 51. The length formed by the holding belt 53 is such that the holding belt 53 extends over the body of the child and reaches the other side (left side in the present embodiment) on the right side and the left side of the lying position holding body 51. As shown in FIG. 24, a male hook 61 is attached to the free end of the holding belt 53, and the female hook 62 is connected to the other side of the right side and the left side of the lying position holder main body 51 (in this embodiment) The middle is the left side, and its position corresponds to the position of the male hook 61. When the male hook 61 is detachably coupled to the female hook 62, the holding strap 53 can be fixedly coupled to the lying position holder main body 51. Therefore, the holding belt 53 can hold the body of the child.
回到圖22到圖24,帶體結合裝置54為一種連結器,可如上述用以連結直立位置保持座10之側帶15與腿部支撐帶16。由前方看帶體結合裝置54時,其概略被形成為實質上的T形,並被縫合於躺臥位置保持座主體51之下緣。當帶 體結合裝置54被折疊成一管狀的形狀,腿部支撐帶16與側帶15可以被儲存在由帶體結合裝置54之管狀形狀所形成的一空間當中,如下所述。 Referring back to Figures 22 through 24, the strap coupling device 54 is a connector for attaching the side straps 15 and the leg support straps 16 of the upright position retaining seat 10 as described above. When the belt coupling device 54 is viewed from the front, it is roughly formed into a substantially T shape and is sewn to the lower edge of the lying position holding main body 51. When The body bonding device 54 is folded into a tubular shape, and the leg support belt 16 and the side belt 15 can be stored in a space formed by the tubular shape of the belt coupling device 54, as described below.
直立位置保持座10之每個細部結構-頭部支撐帶20 Each of the detailed structures of the upright position retaining seat 10 - the head support belt 20
以下將詳細說明直立位置保持座10的各個部份。首先將說明頭部支撐帶20。再回到圖13到圖15,頭部支撐帶20即以一帶蓋體70所包覆。帶蓋體70包括一實質上平板狀的前側蓋體71,其由直立位置保持座主體11之表面的右側或左側延伸,就像是直立位置保持座主體11的一體,以及實質上平板狀的後側蓋體72被連接到前側蓋體71。該前側蓋體71與後側蓋體72實質上是被形成為相同的形狀。頭部支撐帶20可以被儲存在前側蓋體71與後側蓋體72之間,如圖13所示。 The respective portions of the upright position holding base 10 will be described in detail below. First, the head support belt 20 will be explained. Returning to Figures 13 through 15, the head support belt 20 is covered by a cover body 70. The cover body 70 includes a substantially flat front side cover 71 extending from the right or left side of the surface of the upright position retaining body 11 as an integral part of the upright position retaining body 11 and substantially flat The rear side cover 72 is connected to the front side cover 71. The front side cover 71 and the rear side cover 72 are substantially formed in the same shape. The head support belt 20 can be stored between the front side cover 71 and the rear side cover 72 as shown in FIG.
特別是當頭部支撐帶20如上述地保存時,頭部支撐帶20之前側面及後側表面可分別用前側蓋體71與後側蓋體72分別包覆,藉此頭部支撐帶20可以被包覆,而無關於帶蓋體70之折疊的狀態。更特定而言,當頭部支持12如圖4及圖6中所示為直立時,頭部支撐帶20之後側表面即以後側蓋體72所包覆,藉以防止頭部支撐帶20接觸到幼兒。當頭部支持12以如圖5所示地折疊,頭部支撐帶20之前側面可用前側蓋體71所包覆,藉以防止頭部支撐帶20接觸到幼兒(在圖4到圖6中,並未顯示前側蓋體71及後側蓋體72)。同時,頭部支撐帶20即可防止被曝露到外面,藉以 可防止幼兒背負裝置1的設計品質變差。 In particular, when the head support belt 20 is stored as described above, the front side surface and the rear side surface of the head support belt 20 can be respectively covered with the front side cover body 71 and the rear side cover body 72, respectively, whereby the head support belt 20 can be Wrapped without regard to the folded state of the lid body 70. More specifically, when the head support 12 is erect as shown in FIGS. 4 and 6, the rear side surface of the head support belt 20 is covered by the rear side cover 72, thereby preventing the head support belt 20 from coming into contact with the child. . When the head support 12 is folded as shown in FIG. 5, the front side of the head support belt 20 may be covered with the front side cover 71 to prevent the head support belt 20 from coming into contact with the child (in FIGS. 4 to 6 , The front side cover 71 and the rear side cover 72) are displayed. At the same time, the head support belt 20 can be prevented from being exposed to the outside, thereby The design quality of the child carrying device 1 can be prevented from deteriorating.
在帶蓋體70中也做出多種裝置,可更為容易及穩固地包覆頭部支撐帶20。例如,在圖13到圖15所示,前側蓋體71與後側蓋體72藉由沿著一縫合線73被縫合後側蓋體72之上緣到前側蓋體71之上緣來彼此固定。後側蓋體72可由縫合線73向上掀開,如圖14及圖15所示。因此,使用者可以僅由拿起後側蓋體72而實質上完全地曝露頭部支撐帶20。使用者不需要進行繁複地操作,例如拖拉習用幼兒背負裝置之管狀包覆,並可僅由伸展手部到頭部支撐帶20來簡易地操作。在操作之後,在當使用者將手移開背側蓋體72時,後側蓋體72會自然地因其本身的重量從縫合線73向後。因此,頭部支撐帶20即自動地被覆蓋,如圖13所示。即使當使用者忘記將母勾71a與公勾72a固定,如後所述,可以避免頭部支撐帶20接觸到幼兒。 A variety of means are also provided in the cover body 70 to cover the head support belt 20 more easily and securely. For example, as shown in FIGS. 13 to 15, the front side cover 71 and the rear side cover 72 are fixed to each other by sewing the upper edge of the rear side cover 72 to the upper edge of the front side cover 71 along a suture 73. . The rear side cover 72 can be split upward by the suture 73 as shown in FIGS. 14 and 15. Therefore, the user can substantially completely expose the head support belt 20 only by picking up the rear side cover 72. The user does not need to perform complicated operations, such as pulling a tubular wrap of a conventional child carrying device, and can be easily operated only by extending the hand to the head support band 20. After the operation, when the user removes the hand from the back side cover 72, the rear side cover 72 naturally comes back from the suture 73 by its own weight. Therefore, the head support belt 20 is automatically covered as shown in FIG. Even when the user forgets to fix the female hook 71a and the male hook 72a, as will be described later, the head support belt 20 can be prevented from coming into contact with the child.
再者,在前側蓋體71之下端部份的後側表面(面對後側蓋體72之表面)提供有複數個母勾71a,如圖14及圖15所示。此外,在後側蓋體72之下端部份的前側面(面對前側蓋體71之表面)提供有複數個公勾72a,其位在對應於複數個母勾71a之位置處。當公勾72a以可折卸式地被結合於母勾71a時,前側蓋體71與後側蓋體72可以彼此固定於其下端部份,藉此頭部支撐帶20可更為穩固地被包覆。再者,因為母勾71a與公勾72a是被配置在前側蓋體71與後側蓋體72相互對應的表面上,當前側蓋體71與後側蓋體72為關閉時,母勾71a與公勾72a是被配置在帶蓋體70之 內,如圖13所示。因此,即可避免母勾71a與公勾72a接觸到幼兒,並防止曝露勾子,即降低了幼兒背負裝置1之設計品質。 Further, a plurality of female hooks 71a are provided on the rear side surface of the lower end portion of the front side cover 71 (the surface facing the rear side cover 72) as shown in Figs. 14 and 15 . Further, a front side (the surface facing the front side cover 71) of the lower end portion of the rear side cover 72 is provided with a plurality of male hooks 72a at positions corresponding to the plurality of female hooks 71a. When the male hook 72a is detachably coupled to the female hook 71a, the front side cover 71 and the rear side cover 72 can be fixed to each other at the lower end portion thereof, whereby the head support belt 20 can be more stably Coated. Furthermore, since the female hook 71a and the male hook 72a are disposed on the surfaces of the front side cover 71 and the rear side cover 72, when the front side cover 71 and the rear side cover 72 are closed, the female hook 71a and the female hook 71a are disposed. The male hook 72a is disposed in the cover body 70 Inside, as shown in Figure 13. Therefore, the female hook 71a and the male hook 72a can be prevented from coming into contact with the child, and the hook is prevented from being exposed, that is, the design quality of the child carrying device 1 is lowered.
如上所述,頭部支撐帶20從頭部支持12突出部份的大小是可藉由改變主帶體21插入到梯扣22的深淺而被調整。圖26為最小長度時,頭部支撐帶周圍部份的前視圖,而圖27為最大長度時,頭部支撐帶周圍部份的前視圖。在本具體實施例中,無論調整結構對於頭部支撐帶20長度的改變,頭部支撐帶20皆可由帶蓋體70所包覆。特別是,前側蓋體71與後側蓋體72即被形成具有超過主帶體21之最小長度(L1)及超過蓋主體21之最大長度(L2)之長度。因此,即使當頭部支撐帶20被延伸到最大長度,頭部支撐帶20仍可以被包覆,所以可以確實避免頭部支撐帶20接觸到幼兒。 As described above, the size of the protruding portion of the head support belt 20 from the head support 12 can be adjusted by changing the depth of insertion of the main belt body 21 into the ladder buckle 22. Figure 26 is a front view of the portion around the head support band at the minimum length, and Figure 27 is a front view of the portion around the head support band at the maximum length. In this embodiment, the head support strap 20 can be covered by the cover body 70 regardless of the change in length of the head support strap 20 by the adjustment structure. In particular, the front side cover 71 and the rear side cover 72 are formed to have a length exceeding the minimum length (L1) of the main belt body 21 and exceeding the maximum length (L2) of the cover body 21. Therefore, even when the head support belt 20 is extended to the maximum length, the head support belt 20 can be covered, so that the head support belt 20 can be surely prevented from coming into contact with the child.
當頭部支撐帶20之突出部份可由上述方式調整,有時候主帶體21的一部份即無用地懸掛。主帶體21的剩餘部份21a可在梯扣22處被摺回去,並被引導到頭部支持12,而被曝露在帶蓋體70之外側,如圖26所示。為了防止這種狀況,在靠近頭部支撐帶20所連接的位置附近,頭部支持12被設有一帶狀的帶體口袋12a。帶體口袋12a為被形成在頭部支持12之末端處的空間,且其長度等於或大於剩餘部份21a之最大長度(L3)。帶體口袋12a在面對頭部支撐帶20的表面上被設有一開口12b。主帶體21之剩餘部份可以經由開口12b被插入到帶體口袋12a中。因此,即使當主帶體21之一部份為多餘者,剩餘部份21a仍可輕易地被插 入到帶體口袋12a當中,藉以成為非曝露狀態,藉此可避免剩餘部份21a接觸到幼兒,而幼兒也不會隨剩餘部份21a搖晃。 When the protruding portion of the head support belt 20 is adjusted in the above manner, sometimes a portion of the main belt body 21 is suspended uselessly. The remaining portion 21a of the main belt body 21 can be folded back at the ladder buckle 22 and guided to the head support 12, and exposed to the outside of the belt cover body 70, as shown in FIG. In order to prevent this, the head support 12 is provided with a belt-like belt pocket 12a near the position where the head support belt 20 is attached. The belt pocket 12a is a space formed at the end of the head support 12, and has a length equal to or greater than the maximum length (L3) of the remaining portion 21a. The belt pocket 12a is provided with an opening 12b on the surface facing the head support belt 20. The remaining portion of the main belt body 21 can be inserted into the belt pocket 12a via the opening 12b. Therefore, even when one of the main belt bodies 21 is redundant, the remaining portion 21a can be easily inserted. It enters the body pocket 12a to be in a non-exposed state, thereby preventing the remaining portion 21a from coming into contact with the child, and the child does not shake with the remaining portion 21a.
在本具體實施例中,於前側蓋體71與後側蓋體72之間形成一空間74,以實質無縫地被連接到帶體口袋12a之空間75。因此,被儲存在空間74中的頭部支撐帶20之剩餘部份21a可以平滑地被插入到空間75當中,而不會被曝露到外面,藉此整個頭部支撐帶20可以實質上完全地為未曝露的狀態。 In the present embodiment, a space 74 is formed between the front side cover 71 and the rear side cover 72 to be substantially seamlessly connected to the space 75 of the belt pocket 12a. Therefore, the remaining portion 21a of the head support belt 20 stored in the space 74 can be smoothly inserted into the space 75 without being exposed to the outside, whereby the entire head support belt 20 can be substantially completely It is an unexposed state.
直立位置保持座10之細部結構---連接帶14 Detailed structure of the upright position holding seat 10 - connecting belt 14
連接帶14的結構在此詳細說明。圖28為處於分離狀態下,連接帶周圍部份之放大前視圖。如圖面所示,連接帶14與母扣26利用一連接帶蓋體80而被包覆。連接帶蓋體80是由一第二織物81(例如包覆織物,以下或稱為包覆織物,僅在下述的圖30中所示)及一第一織物82(例如襯背織物,以下或稱為襯背織物)被形成為一管狀形狀。當連接帶14與母扣26被插入到管狀形狀的空間當中,連接帶14與母扣26是被連接帶蓋體80所環繞,並成為未曝露狀態。因此,即可避免連接帶14與母扣26接觸到幼兒。特別是,因為具有操作部26a之母扣26是在未曝露狀態下,即可避免幼兒隨著操作部26a被搖晃。連接帶蓋體80之端部為打開者。當公扣27被插入到打開的端部時,公扣27以可拆卸式地被結合於母扣26。因為公扣27在結合狀態下是插入到 母扣26之中,如圖16所示,公扣27可與連接帶蓋體80同時被包覆,且母扣26亦類似。 The structure of the connecting strip 14 is described in detail herein. Figure 28 is an enlarged front elevational view of the portion around the strap in a separated state. As shown in the drawing, the connecting belt 14 and the female snap 26 are covered by a connecting strip cover 80. The attachment cover body 80 is comprised of a second fabric 81 (e.g., a cover fabric, hereinafter referred to as a cover fabric, only shown in Figure 30 below) and a first fabric 82 (e.g., a backing fabric, below or The backing fabric is formed into a tubular shape. When the connecting tape 14 and the female snap 26 are inserted into the space of the tubular shape, the connecting tape 14 and the female snap 26 are surrounded by the connecting tape cover 80 and become unexposed. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the connecting belt 14 from coming into contact with the female snap 26 to the child. In particular, since the female snap 26 having the operation portion 26a is in an unexposed state, it is possible to prevent the child from being shaken with the operation portion 26a. The end portion of the connection cover body 80 is an opener. When the male snap 27 is inserted into the open end, the male snap 27 is detachably coupled to the female snap 26. Because the male buckle 27 is inserted into the combined state Among the female snaps 26, as shown in FIG. 16, the male snaps 27 can be covered at the same time as the connection cover body 80, and the female snaps 26 are also similar.
當使用者想要將公扣27結合到母扣26時,或是要操作母扣26的操作部26a來分離時,使用者可以面向肩帶13的側邊拉連接帶蓋體80,藉以曝露母扣26。但是,當母扣26僅由連接帶蓋體80所包覆時,拉連接帶蓋體80很麻煩。此外,如果使用者在曝露母扣26之後忘了將連接帶蓋體80回復到原位,母扣即會保持著曝露狀態。因此在本具體實施例中,連接帶蓋體80即可以藉由本身而回到原始形狀,藉以減輕上述的不便利。 When the user wants to couple the male snap 27 to the female snap 26, or to operate the operating portion 26a of the female snap 26 to separate, the user can pull the cover body 80 toward the side of the shoulder strap 13 for exposure. Female buckle 26. However, when the female snap 26 is covered only by the strap cover 80, pulling the strap cover 80 is troublesome. In addition, if the user forgets to return the connection cover body 80 to the original position after exposing the female buckle 26, the female buckle will remain exposed. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the connection cover body 80 can be returned to the original shape by itself, thereby alleviating the above inconvenience.
特別是,連接帶蓋體80沿著縫合線83被縫合到連接帶14,而靠近母扣26,如圖28所示。當使用者拉扯連接帶蓋體80時,如圖29所示,連接帶蓋體80之移動會被限制在縫合線83上,且僅有從連接帶蓋體80之末端到縫合線83的部份可以被拉出(在圖28及圖29中,連接帶蓋體80之可移動範圍由R1表示,而不可移動範圍由R2表示)。當連接帶蓋體80僅在其末端處的一短範圍中移動,即增加連接帶蓋體80之末端的互斥力。因此,當使用者僅將其手移開連接帶蓋體80時,連接帶蓋體80由於其本身的互斥力自然地回到其原始狀態,並包覆母扣26,如圖16及圖28所示。因此,使用者可防止母扣26被曝露出來,而不需要進行任何特殊的動作來回復連接帶蓋體80到其原始狀態,藉此可進一步增進幼兒背負裝置的幼兒安全性。 In particular, the attachment cover body 80 is sewn to the attachment strap 14 along the suture 83, adjacent to the female snap 26, as shown in FIG. When the user pulls the connection cover body 80, as shown in Fig. 29, the movement of the connection cover body 80 is restricted to the suture 83, and only the portion from the end of the connection cover body 80 to the suture 83 is attached. The parts can be pulled out (in Figs. 28 and 29, the movable range of the connection cover body 80 is represented by R1, and the non-movable range is represented by R2). When the connection cover body 80 is moved only in a short range at its end, the mutual repulsive force of the end of the connection cover body 80 is increased. Therefore, when the user only removes his or her hand from the connection cover body 80, the connection cover body 80 naturally returns to its original state due to its mutual repulsive force, and covers the female buckle 26, as shown in FIGS. 16 and 28. Shown. Therefore, the user can prevent the female snap 26 from being exposed without any special action to restore the attachment of the cover body 80 to its original state, thereby further enhancing the child safety of the infant carrying device.
任何的結合結構皆可被用在母扣26與公扣27。例如, 一扣勾或側釋放帶扣(SR帶扣)皆可使用。在本具體實施例中,使用了一前側釋放帶扣。當使用者按下配置在母扣26之前側面(相對於幼兒側邊之表面)的操作部26a時,母扣26可以脫離公扣。因為操作部26a僅可由前側操作,即可防止幼兒由後側對於操作部26a之錯誤操作,藉此可進一步增進幼兒背負裝置的安全性。 Any combination of structures can be used for the female snap 26 and the male snap 27. E.g, A buckle or side release buckle (SR buckle) can be used. In this particular embodiment, a front side release buckle is used. When the user presses the operation portion 26a disposed on the side of the front side of the female snap 26 (relative to the side of the child's side), the female snap 26 can be disengaged from the male snap. Since the operation portion 26a can be operated only by the front side, it is possible to prevent the child from being erroneously operated by the rear side with respect to the operation portion 26a, whereby the safety of the child care device can be further enhanced.
在嘗試結合公扣27與母扣26時,使用者會扭絞連接帶14,並由錯誤的側邊將公扣27插入到母扣26當中。為了防止這種狀況,本具體實施例之連接帶蓋體80具有一識別裝置,以顯示那一側是前側或後側。該識別裝置可以為置於例如連接帶蓋體80之前側面及後側表面之每一面上的標記。在本具體實施例中,連接帶蓋體80之前側面及後側表面由不同材料的織物所包覆,所以織物材料可做為一指示器。 When attempting to incorporate the male snap 27 and the female snap 26, the user twists the strap 14 and inserts the male snap 27 into the female snap 26 from the wrong side. In order to prevent this, the connecting cover body 80 of the present embodiment has an identification means to indicate which side is the front side or the rear side. The identification means may be indicia placed on, for example, each of the front side and the back side surface of the cover body 80. In the present embodiment, the front side and rear side surfaces of the connecting cover body 80 are covered by a fabric of different materials, so that the fabric material can be used as an indicator.
特別是,一網狀織物做為連接帶蓋體80之包覆織物81,而使用不是網狀織物的織物做為連接帶蓋體80之襯背織物82(在圖面上,未顯示織物材料之差異)。因此,使用者可容易地由視覺分辨連接帶蓋體80之前側面及後側表面,並能夠以正確的方向插入到公扣27,並使其結合於母扣26。另外,因為包覆織物81到幼兒的側邊是由高度透氣網狀織物所製成,幼兒即使當包覆織物81接觸到幼兒時,幼兒仍可覺得舒適。再者,因為包覆操作部26a之襯背織物82僅由相當薄的襯背織物所製成,使用者在經由襯背織物82接觸到操作部26a時更覺得舒適,藉此可以增進使用 者的操作性。另外,公扣27及母扣26之形成方式為僅在當公扣27以正確方向插入到母扣26時,公扣27與母扣26才會彼此結合。 In particular, a mesh fabric is used as the cover fabric 81 to which the lid body 80 is attached, and a fabric which is not a mesh fabric is used as the backing fabric 82 to which the lid body 80 is attached (on the drawing, the fabric material is not shown). The difference). Therefore, the user can easily visually distinguish the front side surface and the rear side surface of the belt cover body 80, and can be inserted into the male buckle 27 in the correct direction and coupled to the female snap 26. In addition, since the covering fabric 81 to the side of the child is made of a highly breathable mesh fabric, the child can feel comfortable even when the covering fabric 81 comes into contact with the child. Furthermore, since the backing fabric 82 of the covering operation portion 26a is made only of a relatively thin backing fabric, the user feels more comfortable when contacting the operating portion 26a via the backing fabric 82, thereby enhancing the use. The operability of the person. In addition, the male snap 27 and the female snap 26 are formed in such a manner that the male snap 27 and the female snap 26 are coupled to each other only when the male snap 27 is inserted into the female snap 26 in the correct direction.
具有上述結構之連接帶14僅用於直立位置抱持時,而不需要在躺臥位置抱持時。因此,本具體實施例的幼兒背負裝置1包括一儲存結構,用於在躺臥位置抱持時儲存連接帶14。圖30為位於儲存裝置之中間處的連接帶周圍部份之放大前視圖,而圖31為完成儲存狀態下,連接帶周圍部份之放大前視圖。一袋狀的儲存部90(口袋,以下或稱為口袋)中間存放有連接帶14,其被形成在連接帶14連接其中之一的肩帶13(在本具體實施例中為左側肩帶13)之處。另外,一袋狀口袋91中間存放有公扣27,其被形成在公扣27連接到另一個肩帶13(在本具體實施例中為右側肩帶13)之處。口袋90,91是被形成在靠近肩帶13連接到到直立位置保持座主體11的位置。口袋90,91分別在面對連接帶14或是公扣27之一表面上的開口90a及91a。如圖31所示,連接帶14或公扣27可經由開口90a或91a插入到口袋90或91當中。因此,當未使用連接帶14與公扣27時,它們為非曝露的狀態被儲存在口袋中,藉此連接帶14與公扣27即可避免阻礙其他操作,並防止碰觸到使用者及幼兒。 The connecting belt 14 having the above structure is used only when held in an upright position, and does not need to be held in the lying position. Accordingly, the infant carrying device 1 of the present embodiment includes a storage structure for storing the strap 14 when held in the lying position. Figure 30 is an enlarged front elevational view of the portion around the strap at the center of the storage device, and Figure 31 is an enlarged front elevational view of the portion around the strap in the stored state. A bag-like storage portion 90 (pocket, hereinafter or referred to as a pocket) is stored intermediately with a strap 14 that is formed on the shoulder strap 13 that connects one of the straps 14 (in the present embodiment, the left shoulder strap 13) ). In addition, a pocket 27 is stored in the middle of the pocket pocket 91, which is formed where the male snap 27 is coupled to the other shoulder strap 13 (in the present embodiment, the right shoulder strap 13). The pockets 90, 91 are formed at positions close to the shoulder strap 13 connected to the upright position retaining body 11. The pockets 90, 91 are respectively facing the openings 90a and 91a on the surface of the connecting strip 14 or the male snap 27. As shown in FIG. 31, the connecting strap 14 or the male snap 27 can be inserted into the pocket 90 or 91 via the opening 90a or 91a. Therefore, when the connecting belt 14 and the male buckle 27 are not used, they are stored in the pocket in a non-exposed state, whereby the connecting belt 14 and the male buckle 27 can avoid obstructing other operations and preventing contact with the user and Young children.
較佳地是連接帶14可完全被存放在口袋90當中。但是,當連接帶14的整個長度長於肩帶13的整個寬度時,如在此具體實施例中,如果連接帶14以垂直於肩帶13的方向被插入到口袋當中,連接帶14即不能夠完全地被儲存在口 袋90中。因此,在本具體實施例中,口袋90被形成為一長方形空間,並沿著肩帶13的縱向而被形成。特別是,口袋90的長度即大於連接帶14的整個長度L4,並由連接帶14周圍的底部向下延伸,如圖30所示。當連接帶14被折疊時,連接帶14可以實質上完全被儲存在口袋90中,如圖31所示,所以其自由端為向下的方向,如圖30所示,而其末端插入到開口90a中,並在沿著肩帶13之縱向的方向上另推入口袋90當中。 Preferably, the strap 14 can be completely stored in the pocket 90. However, when the entire length of the connecting belt 14 is longer than the entire width of the shoulder belt 13, as in this embodiment, if the connecting belt 14 is inserted into the pocket in a direction perpendicular to the shoulder belt 13, the connecting belt 14 cannot Completely stored in the mouth In the bag 90. Therefore, in the present embodiment, the pocket 90 is formed into a rectangular space and formed along the longitudinal direction of the shoulder strap 13. In particular, the length of the pocket 90 is greater than the entire length L4 of the strap 14 and extends downwardly from the bottom around the strap 14, as shown in FIG. When the strap 14 is folded, the strap 14 can be substantially completely stored in the pocket 90, as shown in Figure 31, so that its free end is in the downward direction, as shown in Figure 30, and its end is inserted into the opening. In 90a, and in the direction along the longitudinal direction of the shoulder strap 13, the inlet pocket 90 is pushed.
直立位置保持座10之個別部份的細部結構---腿部開口部 Detail of the individual parts of the upright position retaining seat 10 - leg openings
以下將說明圖10之直立位置保持座10的腿部開口部100之細部結構。腿部開口部100被設在直立位置保持座主體11之下端部,並如圖4所示的面向後前側背負時抱持幼兒的臀部,而如圖5所示的面向前前側背負時抱持幼兒的內側大腿。在腿部開口部100處有製作許多裝置,以改善本具體實施例中腿部開口部100之彈性,所以腿部開口部100可以隨著這些接觸到腿部開口部100的變化而改變。圖32為腿部開口部周圍部份之放大後視圖,而圖33為沿著圖32之A-A線的垂直截面圖。 The detailed structure of the leg opening portion 100 of the upright position holding base 10 of Fig. 10 will be described below. The leg opening portion 100 is provided at the lower end portion of the upright position holding seat main body 11, and holds the baby's buttocks when facing the rear front side as shown in FIG. 4, and holds the front front side as shown in FIG. The inner thigh of the child. A plurality of means are formed at the leg opening portion 100 to improve the elasticity of the leg opening portion 100 in the present embodiment, so that the leg opening portion 100 can be changed as the contact with the leg opening portion 100 changes. Fig. 32 is an enlarged rear elevational view of a portion around the leg opening portion, and Fig. 33 is a vertical sectional view taken along line A-A of Fig. 32.
腿部開口部100之右側101與左側102是形成曲面狀,藉以符合於幼兒大腿之形狀。當幼兒的腿由曲面側101與102所支撐,幼兒可以舒適地伸展腿部。如圖33所示,腿部開口部100被設置有一墊部103(基本上類似於直 立位置保持座主體11中的其它部份),用做為一緩衝體,其前側面與後側表面分別由前側織物104與後側織物105所包覆。墊部103為一結構件,其提供直立位置保持座10必要的強度來支撐幼兒,同時作為一緩衝體,其可以隨著幼兒的移動而變形,藉以增進幼兒的舒適性。 The right side 101 and the left side 102 of the leg opening portion 100 are formed in a curved shape so as to conform to the shape of the child's thigh. When the child's legs are supported by the curved sides 101 and 102, the child can comfortably stretch the legs. As shown in FIG. 33, the leg opening portion 100 is provided with a pad portion 103 (substantially similar to straight The other portion of the standing position retaining body 11 is used as a cushioning body, and the front side surface and the rear side surface are covered by the front side fabric 104 and the rear side fabric 105, respectively. The pad portion 103 is a structural member that provides the necessary strength of the upright position retaining seat 10 to support the child, and at the same time acts as a cushioning body that can be deformed as the child moves, thereby enhancing the comfort of the child.
一開口106被形成在墊部103中,其位在腿部開口部100周圍中央處(在圖32中由虛線所環繞的一部份)。開口106為一緩衝力釋放器,其可釋放墊部103之緩衝力。圖34為處於變形狀態下,腿部開口部周圍部份之放大後視圖,而圖35為沿著圖34之B-B線的垂直截面線。因為墊部103之緩衝力並不存在於開口106中,即可釋放在腿部開口部100中墊部103之整體緩衝力。於面向前前側背負時,幼兒的內側大腿部份,而非臀部,可接觸到腿部開口部100,以在圖34中所示的箭頭方向上推動腿部開口部100。因為墊部103之互斥力由開口106所釋放,墊部103可相當容易地變形。因此,幼兒的內側大腿部並未過度壓縮,腿部開口部100可維持對應於內側大腿部之寬度。另外,開口106的存在另可增進腿部開口部100之排氣性可以增加幼兒的舒適性。特別是,因為開口106的前側形狀為梯形,其可符合於幼兒的大腿形狀,其類似於腿部開口部100,墊部103可以變形成對應於幼兒腿部之形狀,藉此墊部103可以維持良好符合於幼兒的腿部。 An opening 106 is formed in the pad portion 103 at the center around the leg opening portion 100 (a portion surrounded by a broken line in Fig. 32). The opening 106 is a cushioning force release that releases the cushioning force of the pad portion 103. Figure 34 is an enlarged rear elevational view of the portion around the leg opening portion in a deformed state, and Figure 35 is a vertical cross-sectional line taken along line B-B of Figure 34. Since the cushioning force of the pad portion 103 does not exist in the opening 106, the overall cushioning force of the pad portion 103 in the leg opening portion 100 can be released. When the front side is facing forward, the inner thigh portion of the child, rather than the buttocks, can contact the leg opening portion 100 to push the leg opening portion 100 in the direction of the arrow shown in FIG. Since the mutual repulsion of the pad portion 103 is released by the opening 106, the pad portion 103 can be deformed relatively easily. Therefore, the inner thigh portion of the child is not excessively compressed, and the leg opening portion 100 can maintain the width corresponding to the inner thigh portion. In addition, the presence of the opening 106 can further enhance the venting property of the leg opening portion 100 to increase the comfort of the child. In particular, since the front side shape of the opening 106 is trapezoidal, which can conform to the shape of the thigh of the infant, which is similar to the leg opening portion 100, the pad portion 103 can be deformed into a shape corresponding to the leg of the infant, whereby the pad portion 103 can Maintain good fit in the legs of young children.
如圖32到圖35所示,可移動部107提供在腿部開口部100之兩側。可移動部107可隨著幼兒的移動相對於直立 位置保持座主體11來移動。如圖32所示,在腿部開口部100之每一側處提供一縫合線108。墊部103沿著縫合線108被分開,如圖33所示,藉以形成該可移動部107。圖36為可移動部周圍部份的放大垂直截面圖,而第三十七圖為處於變形狀態下,可移動部周圍部份之放大垂直截面圖。因為墊部103被分開,墊部103之強度亦被分開,所以可移動部107之強度會降低。因此,可移動部107根據幼兒施加於腿部開口部100的壓迫力而移動,藉以維持對應於幼兒的寬度。更特定而言,因為縫合線108形成為一曲線形狀,其可匹配於圖32及圖34所示之幼兒腿部的形狀,可移動部107可移動而變形成為對應於幼兒腿部的形狀,藉此維持符合於腿部。 As shown in FIGS. 32 to 35, the movable portion 107 is provided on both sides of the leg opening portion 100. The movable portion 107 can be erected with the movement of the child The position holder main body 11 is moved. As shown in FIG. 32, a suture 108 is provided at each side of the leg opening portion 100. The pad portion 103 is separated along the suture 108, as shown in Fig. 33, thereby forming the movable portion 107. Figure 36 is an enlarged vertical sectional view of a portion around the movable portion, and Figure 37 is an enlarged vertical sectional view of a portion around the movable portion in a deformed state. Since the pad portion 103 is separated and the strength of the pad portion 103 is also separated, the strength of the movable portion 107 is lowered. Therefore, the movable portion 107 moves in accordance with the pressing force applied to the leg opening portion 100 by the child, thereby maintaining the width corresponding to the child. More specifically, since the suture 108 is formed in a curved shape which can be matched to the shape of the leg of the child shown in FIGS. 32 and 34, the movable portion 107 can be moved to be deformed into a shape corresponding to the leg of the child. Thereby maintaining compliance with the legs.
再者,除了以上對於前後移動所述的重量釋放結構之外,在本具體實施例中提供具有上下移動之重量釋放結構。圖38為重量調整部周圍部份的放大後視圖。如圖面所示,腿部開口部100具有一重量調整部107a。重量調整部107a是向下擴展腿部開口部100,並向內轉移由幼兒重量之施加所產生的張力到腿部開口部100上。 Furthermore, in addition to the weight release structure described above for moving back and forth, a weight release structure having up and down movement is provided in this embodiment. Figure 38 is an enlarged rear elevational view of a portion around the weight adjustment portion. As shown in the figure, the leg opening portion 100 has a weight adjusting portion 107a. The weight adjusting portion 107a expands the leg opening portion 100 downward and transfers the tension generated by the application of the weight of the child to the leg opening portion 100 inward.
特別是,重量調整部107a由延伸腿部開口部100之下端所形成。腿部開口部100之下端向下延伸一預定長度,而可維持腿部開口部100之結構。該延伸的結構使得腿部開口部100的側面長度L5更長,即為腿部開口部之原始長度L6與重量調整部107a之長度L7的總和(L5=L6+L7)。重量調整部107a之形成具有以下的效果。習用上,幼兒由相當 短長度L6的腿部開口部100所懸吊,如圖39的示意圖所示。幼兒的臀部與內側大腿部由腿部開口部100之右側及左側以懸吊的方式被抱持。幼兒的重量F是直接傳送到腿部開口部100之右側及左側,並會壓縮到幼兒的臀部或內側大腿。另一方面,具體實施例具有重量調整部107a,如圖40之示意圖所示。因此,以懸吊狀態施加於腿部開口部100之右側及左側上的張力相較於習用腿部開口部100的張力而可被釋放,並可降低施加於腿部開口部100之右側及左側上之重量。然後,重量F所施加的點會由右側及左側較少量地移動到中心(向內)。因此,可降低施加於幼兒的臀部或內側大腿上的擠壓力,藉此可以增進幼兒的舒適性。 In particular, the weight adjusting portion 107a is formed by extending the lower end of the leg opening portion 100. The lower end of the leg opening portion 100 extends downward by a predetermined length to maintain the structure of the leg opening portion 100. This extended structure makes the side length L5 of the leg opening portion 100 longer, that is, the sum of the original length L6 of the leg opening portion and the length L7 of the weight adjusting portion 107a (L5 = L6 + L7). The formation of the weight adjustment unit 107a has the following effects. In practice, young children are quite The leg opening portion 100 of the short length L6 is suspended as shown in the schematic view of FIG. The buttocks and the inner thighs of the child are held by the right side and the left side of the leg opening portion 100 in a hanging manner. The child's weight F is transmitted directly to the right and left sides of the leg opening 100 and is compressed to the child's buttocks or inner thighs. On the other hand, the specific embodiment has a weight adjusting portion 107a as shown in the schematic view of FIG. Therefore, the tension applied to the right and left sides of the leg opening portion 100 in the suspended state can be released as compared with the tension of the conventional leg opening portion 100, and can be lowered to the right and left sides of the leg opening portion 100. The weight on the top. Then, the point applied by the weight F is moved to the center (inward) by a small amount from the right side and the left side. Therefore, the pressing force applied to the buttocks or the inner thigh of the child can be reduced, whereby the comfort of the child can be improved.
躺臥位置保持座50相對於直立位置保持座10之連接/分離結構 Connection/separation structure of the lying position holder 50 with respect to the upright position holding seat 10
躺臥位置保持座50相對於直立位置保持座10之連接/分離結構將更為詳細地被說明。直立位置保持座10與躺臥位置保持座50是通常彼此固定在三個位置處,即靠近頭部的位置,靠近臀部的位置,及靠近腿部的位置。因為直立位置保持座10與躺臥位置保持座50彼此固定在複數位置處,固定的狀態即使在當使用者或幼兒移動時,皆可穩固地保持在它們整個長度上。 The attachment/detachment structure of the lying position holder 50 with respect to the upright position holding seat 10 will be explained in more detail. The upright position holder 10 and the lying position holder 50 are generally fixed to each other at three positions, that is, a position close to the head, a position close to the buttocks, and a position close to the leg. Since the upright position holding seat 10 and the lying position holding seat 50 are fixed to each other at a plurality of positions, the fixed state can be stably maintained over their entire length even when the user or the child moves.
首先,將說明頭部部份之固定結構。頭部部份之固定結構的切割方式為固定結構並不會曝露到幼兒的側邊(直 立位置保持座10的後側表面側及躺臥位置保持座50之前側面側),不論是否連接躺臥位置保持座50。特別是,突出到側邊之連接單元110是被配置在靠近躺臥位置保持座主體51之上方角落的位置,如圖41所示。連接單元110是被設置有兩個突出片111,112,其彼此重疊。配置到前側面側之突出片111在其前側面上具有一公勾111a,藉此配置在後側表面側之突出片112在其後側面上具有一母勾112a。另一方面,直立位置保持座10之帶蓋體70在對應於連接單元110之位置處具有前側蓋體71之母勾71a與後側蓋體72之公勾72a。 First, the fixed structure of the head portion will be explained. The fixed structure of the head part is cut in a fixed structure and is not exposed to the side of the child (straight The rear side surface side of the standing position holding seat 10 and the front side side of the lying position holding seat 50) are connected regardless of whether or not the lying position holding seat 50 is attached. In particular, the connecting unit 110 projecting to the side is disposed at a position close to the upper corner of the lying position holding body 51 as shown in FIG. The connecting unit 110 is provided with two protruding pieces 111, 112 which overlap each other. The protruding piece 111 disposed to the front side side has a male hook 111a on the front side thereof, whereby the protruding piece 112 disposed on the side of the rear side surface has a female hook 112a on the rear side thereof. On the other hand, the cap body 70 of the upright position holding base 10 has a female hook 71a of the front side cover 71 and a male hook 72a of the rear side cover 72 at a position corresponding to the connecting unit 110.
當連接單元110被插入在帶蓋體70內部,在前側面上突出片111之公勾111a以可拆卸式地結合於前側蓋體71之母勾71a,而在後側面上突出片112之母勾112a以可拆卸式地結合於後側蓋體72之公勾72a。因此,躺臥位置保持座50之上部可以被固定於直立位置保持座10之上部。特別是因為連接單元110在連接處插入到帶蓋體70中,連接單元110由帶蓋體70所包覆,並可同時在前側與後側上達成非曝露的狀態。因此,可以避免公勾111a與母勾112a接觸到幼兒,並可增進幼兒背負裝置1的設計品質。 When the connecting unit 110 is inserted inside the cover body 70, the male hook 111a of the protruding piece 111 on the front side is detachably coupled to the female hook 71a of the front side cover 71, and the mother of the protruding piece 112 is protruded on the rear side. The hook 112a is detachably coupled to the male hook 72a of the rear side cover 72. Therefore, the upper portion of the lying position holding seat 50 can be fixed to the upper portion of the upright position holding seat 10. In particular, since the connection unit 110 is inserted into the cover body 70 at the joint, the connection unit 110 is covered by the cover body 70, and a non-exposed state can be achieved on the front side and the rear side at the same time. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the male hook 111a from coming into contact with the female hook 112a, and the design quality of the infant carrying device 1 can be improved.
以下將說明臀部部份之固定結構。如圖2所示,直立位置保持座主體11具有一表面緊固件113,其配置在下部之後側表面上。另一方面,躺臥位置保持座主體51在下部的後側面上相對應的位置處具有一表面緊固件(未示出),其具有對應於下部之後側表面之表面緊固件113之 形狀。因此,當躺臥位置保持座113被放置在直立位置保持座10之上,躺臥位置保持座50之下部被壓到直立位置保持座10之下部之上,表面緊固件113與表面緊固件(未示出)彼此為可拆卸式地結合。因此,躺臥位置保持座50之下部可以被固定在直立位置保持座10的下部。特別是因為固定結構可用表面緊固件來實現,固定結構相當平坦。因此,即使當幼兒於直立位置抱持時直接放置在直立位置保持座主體11之後側面上,固定結構的不平坦將不會造成幼兒的不舒服的感覺。 The fixed structure of the buttock portion will be described below. As shown in FIG. 2, the upright position holder main body 11 has a surface fastener 113 which is disposed on the lower rear side surface. On the other hand, the lying position holder main body 51 has a surface fastener (not shown) having a surface fastener 113 corresponding to the lower rear side surface at a position corresponding to the lower rear side surface. shape. Therefore, when the lying position holder 113 is placed above the upright position holding seat 10, the lower portion of the lying position holding seat 50 is pressed onto the lower portion of the upright position holding seat 10, the surface fastener 113 and the surface fastener ( Not shown) are detachably coupled to each other. Therefore, the lower portion of the lying position holding seat 50 can be fixed to the lower portion of the upright position holding seat 10. In particular, because the fixed structure can be realized with surface fasteners, the fixed structure is relatively flat. Therefore, even when the child is placed directly on the rear side of the upright position holding body 11 when the child is held in the upright position, the unevenness of the fixing structure will not cause an uncomfortable feeling of the child.
以下將說明腿部部份之固定結構。如圖1及圖2所示,帶體結合裝置54提供在躺臥位置保持座51之下緣處,如上所述。圖42為固定時,帶體結合裝置周圍部份的放大立體圖,而圖43為在解開固定時,帶體結合裝置周圍部份的放大立體圖。帶體結合裝置54大致為T型的前側形狀,並被縫合到躺臥位置保持座主體51之下緣。帶體結合裝置54在左端的前側面上(後側面)具有一公勾54a,及在右端的後側面(前側面)上具有一母勾54b,其位於對應於公勾54a之位置處。 The fixed structure of the leg portion will be described below. As shown in Figures 1 and 2, the strap coupling device 54 is provided at the lower edge of the lying position retaining seat 51, as described above. Figure 42 is an enlarged perspective view of a portion around the belt-bonding device when fixed, and Figure 43 is an enlarged perspective view of a portion around the belt-bonding device when unfastened. The belt coupling device 54 is substantially T-shaped in the front side shape and is sewn to the lower edge of the lying position retaining body main body 51. The belt coupling device 54 has a male hook 54a on the front side (rear side) of the left end, and a female hook 54b on the rear side (front side) of the right end, which is located at a position corresponding to the male hook 54a.
當躺臥位置保持座50固定於躺臥位置保持座10時,帶體結合裝置54由腿部支撐帶16與側帶15之後側插入到前側,帶體結合裝置54之後側面即被帶入接觸腿部支撐帶16與側帶15,而帶體結合裝置54即折疊成管狀形狀。因此,腿部支撐帶16與側帶15可以儲存於管狀型式的內部空間之內。在上述狀態下的帶體結合裝置54之右端與左端即彼此 重疊,公勾54a與母勾54b是配置在彼此相對應的位置處。當公勾54a壓入到母勾54b之上,並結合於母勾54b,帶體結合裝置54可以固定成管狀的型態,如圖42所示。 When the lying position holder 50 is fixed to the lying position holding seat 10, the belt coupling device 54 is inserted into the front side by the rear side of the leg supporting belt 16 and the side belt 15, and the side surface of the belt coupling device 54 is brought into contact. The leg support belt 16 and the side straps 15 are folded into a tubular shape. Thus, the leg support belt 16 and the side straps 15 can be stored within the tubular interior space. The right end and the left end of the belt combining device 54 in the above state are each other The overlap, the male hook 54a and the female hook 54b are disposed at positions corresponding to each other. When the male hook 54a is pressed onto the female hook 54b and coupled to the female hook 54b, the strap coupling device 54 can be fixed in a tubular shape as shown in FIG.
因為側帶15與腿部支撐帶16可藉由帶體結合裝置54連結在一起,側帶15、腿部支撐帶16與它們剩餘的部份可防止被使用者、幼兒等抓到,而幼兒背負裝置1的外觀可更為簡潔,藉以增進其設計品質。特別是因為帶體結合裝置54由前側織物與襯背織物製成,內部沒有硬板,帶體結合裝置54並不會對幼兒造成不舒適的感覺。另外,當帶體結合裝置54被用於夾持腿部支撐帶16時,腿部支撐帶16可使其由躺臥位置保持座50之下端朝向前側上升一預定的角度,藉此可防止腿部支撐帶16被拉出到右側或左側,或是朝向幼兒側向上傾斜。因此,可以固定幼兒的收納空間。 Because the side straps 15 and the leg support straps 16 can be joined together by the strap coupling device 54, the side straps 15, the leg support straps 16 and the remaining portions thereof can be prevented from being caught by the user, the child, etc. The appearance of the carrying device 1 can be more concise, thereby enhancing its design quality. In particular, since the belt coupling device 54 is made of a front side fabric and a backing fabric, and there is no hard board inside, the belt coupling device 54 does not cause an uncomfortable feeling to the child. In addition, when the strap coupling device 54 is used to grip the leg support belt 16, the leg support belt 16 can be raised from the lower end of the lying position holder 50 toward the front side by a predetermined angle, thereby preventing the leg from being prevented. The support belt 16 is pulled out to the right or left side or tilted upward toward the child's side. Therefore, it is possible to fix the storage space of the child.
直立位置保持座10之折疊裝置結構 Folding device structure of upright position retaining seat 10
在此將說明直立位置保持座10之折疊裝置結構。如上所述,數個月大小的幼兒通常是以直立的姿勢抱持。因此,本具體實施例之幼兒背負裝置1是被設計成使用者可以在直立姿勢抱持時僅採用直立位置保持座10來抱持幼兒。特別是,在躺臥姿勢抱持時躺臥位置保持座主體51之強度可利用硬板來固定,而直立位置保持座主體11之彈性可藉由移除高硬度材料(例如硬板55)來改善。因此,幼兒背負裝置1可讓使用者更為容易地背負直立位置保持座 10。另外,為了進一步增進直立位置保持座10之攜帶性,折疊裝置結構是根據本具體實施例來設置,藉以允許使用者將直立位置保持座10折疊成較小的形狀,而容易地攜帶折疊的座椅。以下將說明折疊裝置結構。 The folding device structure of the upright position holding seat 10 will be explained here. As mentioned above, children of several months are usually held in an upright position. Therefore, the child carrying device 1 of the present embodiment is designed such that the user can hold the child only by the upright position holding seat 10 when held in an upright position. In particular, the strength of the seat main body 51 in the lying position when held in the lying position can be fixed by the hard plate, and the elasticity of the upright position retaining seat main body 11 can be removed by removing the high hardness material (for example, the hard plate 55). improve. Therefore, the child carrying device 1 makes it easier for the user to carry the upright position holder 10. In addition, in order to further enhance the portability of the upright position holder 10, the folding device structure is provided according to the present embodiment, thereby allowing the user to fold the upright position holder 10 into a smaller shape, and easily carry the folded seat. chair. The folding device structure will be described below.
圖44為一口袋周圍部份之放大前視圖,其中儲存有一儲存袋,而圖45為直立位置保持座10之前視圖,其中儲存帶由口袋中取出。直立位置保持座10之直立位置保持座主體11在前側面上下緣位置處被設有一口袋120(在對應於以直立姿勢抱持的幼兒之腿部之間的位置處,如圖4所示)。在口袋120中,一儲存袋121之儲存的方式為儲存袋121可自由地被取出。儲存袋121為一折疊裝置,其中可將直立位置保持座10被儲存成一預定的儲存狀態。儲存袋121經由口袋120之開口120a由口袋120取出。儲存袋121即形成一袋狀形狀,而具有一充份的容量來儲存直立位置保持座10。例如,儲存袋121實質上即形成一長方體狀。在儲存袋121的一側上,形成一開口121a。直立位置保持座10可經由開口121a置入或由儲存袋121取出。 Figure 44 is an enlarged front elevational view of a portion of a pocket in which a storage pouch is stored, and Figure 45 is a front elevational view of the upright position retaining seat 10 with the storage strap removed from the pocket. The upright position of the upright position holding seat 10 holds the seat main body 11 at a position on the upper and lower edges of the front side, and is provided with a pocket 120 (at a position corresponding to the leg portion of the child held in the upright posture, as shown in FIG. 4) . In the pocket 120, a storage bag 121 is stored in such a manner that the storage bag 121 can be freely taken out. The storage bag 121 is a folding device in which the upright position holder 10 can be stored in a predetermined storage state. The storage bag 121 is taken out of the pocket 120 via the opening 120a of the pocket 120. The storage bag 121 is formed into a bag shape and has a sufficient capacity to store the upright position holding seat 10. For example, the storage bag 121 substantially forms a rectangular parallelepiped shape. On one side of the storage bag 121, an opening 121a is formed. The upright position holder 10 can be placed through the opening 121a or taken out by the storage bag 121.
因為儲存袋121可被儲存在直立位置保持座10之口袋120中,使用者即可在外出時避免留下儲存袋121。同時,使用者可輕易地取出儲存袋121,以在當不使用直立位置保持座10時,折疊及儲存直立位置保持座10。然後,使用者可藉由攜帶儲存在儲存袋121中的直立位置保持座10來以小型的方式攜帶直立位置保持座10。特別是因為儲存袋121由網狀織物所形成,儲存袋121可以折疊成小的 形狀,所以其存在將不會對幼兒造成不舒適的感覺。再者,繩子121b即連接到儲存袋121之開口121a,藉以開啟及關閉該開口121a。使用者可在當直立位置保持座10儲存在儲存袋121中時,藉由拉出繩子121b來關閉開口121a,藉此可以防止直立位置保持座10由儲存袋121中掉出。因此,可更為容易地攜帶直立位置保持座10。 Because the storage pouch 121 can be stored in the pocket 120 of the upright position retaining seat 10, the user can avoid leaving the storage pouch 121 when going out. At the same time, the user can easily take out the storage bag 121 to fold and store the upright position holding seat 10 when the holder 10 is not in the upright position. Then, the user can carry the upright position holder 10 in a small manner by carrying the upright position holder 10 stored in the storage bag 121. In particular, since the storage bag 121 is formed of a mesh fabric, the storage bag 121 can be folded into a small size. Shape, so its presence will not cause an uncomfortable feeling for young children. Furthermore, the cord 121b is connected to the opening 121a of the storage bag 121, thereby opening and closing the opening 121a. The user can close the opening 121a by pulling out the cord 121b when the upright position holding seat 10 is stored in the storage bag 121, whereby the upright position holding seat 10 can be prevented from falling out of the storage bag 121. Therefore, the upright position holding seat 10 can be carried more easily.
特別是,本具體實施例之幼兒背負裝置1可利用一種結構,其可更為安全地防止使用者在外出時遺忘儲存袋121,並另可便於將直立位置保持座10儲存在儲存袋121中。特別是,口袋120及儲存袋121藉由一連接袋122彼此連接。連接袋122具有一端為縫合而固定於口袋120之內側表面,而另一端則縫合及固定於儲存袋121。因此,儲存袋121皆攜帶有直立位置保持座10,而使用者可更為安全地防止將儲存袋121遺忘。 In particular, the child carrying device 1 of the present embodiment can utilize a structure that can more securely prevent the user from forgetting the storage bag 121 when going out, and can also facilitate storing the upright position holder 10 in the storage bag 121. . In particular, the pocket 120 and the storage bag 121 are connected to each other by a connection pocket 122. The connecting bag 122 has one end that is sewn and fixed to the inner side surface of the pocket 120, and the other end is sewn and fixed to the storage bag 121. Therefore, the storage bag 121 carries the upright position holder 10, and the user can more securely prevent the storage bag 121 from being forgotten.
在此將說明直立位置保持座10之存放過程的例子。首先,使用者將儲存袋121放置在直立位置保持座10之下,如圖46所示。然後,使用者向內折疊直立位置保持座10之肩帶13,如圖47所示。使用者折疊直立位置保持座10數次橫跨在縱向上(例如三次),如圖48所示。然後,使用者可以儲存直立位置保持座10在儲存袋121之內,如圖49所示(在圖48及圖49中,直立位置保持座10由虛線表示)。 An example of the storage process of the upright position holder 10 will be described here. First, the user places the storage bag 121 under the upright position holder 10 as shown in FIG. Then, the user folds the shoulder strap 13 of the upright position holding seat 10 inward as shown in FIG. The user folds the upright position retaining seat 10 several times across the longitudinal direction (e.g., three times) as shown in FIG. Then, the user can store the upright position holder 10 within the storage bag 121 as shown in FIG. 49 (in FIGS. 48 and 49, the upright position holder 10 is indicated by a broken line).
一旦完成直立位置保持座10之儲存,使用者可簡易地攜帶儲存袋121:例如,使用者可以使用繩子121b將儲存袋121懸掛在肩膀上;或是使用者可使用一S形勾子123 將儲存袋121懸掛在嬰兒車的手把上,如圖50所示。S形勾子123可以固定在繩子121b上,成為一體。另外,一打開/關閉勾124可連接到到繩子121b上,所以繩子121b可以形成一關閉迴圈或一打開迴圈,而以可拆卸式地連接到到其它構件上。儲存袋121可以例如懸掛在一袋子的提手上。因此,儲存袋121可以更為簡便。 Once the storage of the upright position retaining seat 10 is completed, the user can easily carry the storage bag 121: for example, the user can hang the storage bag 121 on the shoulder using the cord 121b; or the user can use a S-shaped hook 123 The storage bag 121 is hung on the handlebar of the stroller as shown in FIG. The S-shaped hook 123 can be fixed to the rope 121b to be integrated. In addition, an opening/closing hook 124 can be attached to the cord 121b, so the cord 121b can form a closing loop or an opening loop to be detachably coupled to other members. The storage bag 121 can be hung, for example, on a handle of a bag. Therefore, the storage bag 121 can be made simpler.
在具體實施例中對於直立位置保持座10可對於儲存袋121之儲存結構做出額外的裝置。特別是,如圖44所示,口袋120提供在直立位置保持座主體11的前側面上。因此,儲存袋121並不會直接接觸幼兒,藉此儲存袋121與儲存在其中的口袋120之存在即可防止對於幼兒造成不舒適的感覺,並可保持幼兒的舒適。另外,口袋120提供在直立位置保持座主體11之下緣。因此,口袋120可藏在幼兒之右腿及左腿之間,並在直立姿勢抱持時從前側不會注意到。因此,幼兒背負裝置1可維持簡潔的外觀。再者,口袋120是在縱向上提供於直立位置保持座10的下端。因此,儲存袋121可簡易地配置在直立位置保持座10之末端處,且直立位置保持座10之儲存可更為簡易。 Additional means may be provided for the storage structure of the storage bag 121 for the upright position retaining seat 10 in a particular embodiment. In particular, as shown in FIG. 44, the pocket 120 is provided on the front side of the holder body 11 in the upright position. Therefore, the storage bag 121 does not directly contact the child, whereby the presence of the storage bag 121 and the pocket 120 stored therein can prevent an uncomfortable feeling to the child and can maintain the comfort of the child. Additionally, the pocket 120 provides a lower edge of the retainer body 11 in an upright position. Therefore, the pocket 120 can be hidden between the right leg and the left leg of the child and is not noticed from the front side when held in the upright position. Therefore, the child carrying device 1 can maintain a simple appearance. Further, the pocket 120 is provided at the lower end of the upright position holding seat 10 in the longitudinal direction. Therefore, the storage bag 121 can be easily disposed at the end of the upright position holding seat 10, and the storage of the upright position holding seat 10 can be made simpler.
圖52為沿著圖44之C-C線之垂直截面線。如圖52所示,口袋120之開口120a被形成為口袋120之一端織物120b與另一端織物120c彼此少量地重疊。因為開口120a在重疊的部份處關閉/打開,即可防止儲存袋121由口袋120中曝露及掉出。 Figure 52 is a vertical cross-sectional line taken along line C-C of Figure 44. As shown in Fig. 52, the opening 120a of the pocket 120 is formed such that the one end fabric 120b of the pocket 120 and the other end fabric 120c overlap with each other in a small amount. Since the opening 120a is closed/opened at the overlapping portion, the storage bag 121 can be prevented from being exposed and dropped from the pocket 120.
具體實施例的變化 Variations of specific embodiments
本發明之具體實施例已在上述說明。本發明之特定結構及元件可以選擇性地變化,或在申請專利範圍所述之本發明的技術概念的範圍內做改善。以下將說明一些變化的實施例。未特別說明的元件與上述具體實施例中相對應元件具有相同的設計,以及與在本具體實施例中具有相同功能的元件,將在必要時與上述說明中所使用的相同參考符號來表示。 Specific embodiments of the invention have been described above. The specific structures and elements of the present invention can be selectively changed or improved within the scope of the technical concept of the present invention as described in the claims. Some variations of the embodiments are described below. The components that are not specifically described have the same design as the corresponding components in the above-described specific embodiments, and the components having the same functions as those in the specific embodiments will be denoted by the same reference numerals as used in the above description when necessary.
具體實施例的變化---頭部支持的連接部 Variations of the specific embodiment - the joint supported by the head
首先,將說明頭部支持的連接部之變化實施例。在以上的具體實施例中,頭部支持12與肩帶13由頭部支撐帶20連接,如圖13到圖15所示。另外,頭部支撐帶20可用於連接頭部支持12到直立位置保持座主體11。再者,頭部支持12之連接部的結構可以根據躺臥位置保持座50之結構來應用到躺臥位置保持座50。前側蓋體71與後側蓋體72可在平板狀形狀之外,可用任何的形狀形成。例如,它們可用垂掛的方式分離,藉以具有三維的形狀。用於連接前側蓋體71與後側蓋體72之結構可為利用母勾71a與公勾72a所形成的結構之外的任何結構。例如,一表面緊固件可提供在前側蓋體71與後側蓋體72之每個內側表面上,或是在頭部支撐帶20之內側及外側表面上。帶體口袋12a中儲存有頭部支撐帶20之剩餘部份,可以配置在除了前述位置之外的位置處。例如,帶體口袋12a可以配置在頭部支持12之後 側面上,或是在後側蓋體72之內側表面上。當頭部支持12與直立位置保持座主體11經由頭部支撐帶20連接時,帶體口袋12a可以配置在直立位置保持座主體11上。 First, a modified embodiment of the connection portion supported by the head will be explained. In the above specific embodiment, the head support 12 and the shoulder strap 13 are connected by the head support belt 20 as shown in FIGS. 13 to 15. Additionally, the head support strap 20 can be used to connect the head support 12 to the upright position retainer body 11. Further, the structure of the joint portion of the head support 12 can be applied to the lying position holding seat 50 in accordance with the structure of the lying position holding seat 50. The front side cover 71 and the rear side cover 72 may be formed in any shape other than the flat shape. For example, they can be separated in a hanging manner to have a three-dimensional shape. The structure for connecting the front side cover 71 and the rear side cover 72 may be any structure other than the structure formed by the female hook 71a and the male hook 72a. For example, a surface fastener may be provided on each of the inner side surfaces of the front side cover 71 and the rear side cover 72, or on the inner and outer side surfaces of the head support belt 20. The remaining portion of the belt pocket 12a in which the head support belt 20 is stored may be disposed at a position other than the aforementioned position. For example, the strap pocket 12a can be configured after the head support 12 On the side, or on the inside surface of the rear side cover 72. When the head support 12 is connected to the upright position holder body 11 via the head support belt 20, the belt pocket 12a may be disposed on the upright position holder body 11.
實施例之變化---連接帶(BRIDGING BELT) Variations of the embodiment - connection strap (BRIDGING BELT)
連接帶之一變化實施例將在此描述。圖53是一連接帶之變化實施例局部放大前視圖。如圖53所示,肩帶13可提供一長方體形狀的袋體130,其是沿著該肩帶13之縱向設置,位在靠近連接帶14被連到肩帶13之處。類似於上述的實施例,連接帶14可被存放在該袋體130,如圖55所示,當連接帶14在肩帶13之側邊被折疊,並從連接帶14的前端(tip end)插入袋體130,如圖54所示。 One variation of the attachment strap embodiment will be described herein. Figure 53 is a partially enlarged front elevational view showing a modified embodiment of a connecting belt. As shown in Fig. 53, the shoulder strap 13 can provide a bag body 130 in the shape of a rectangular parallelepiped that is disposed along the longitudinal direction of the shoulder strap 13 and is located adjacent to the strap 14 where the strap 14 is attached. Similar to the embodiment described above, the strap 14 can be stored in the pocket 130, as shown in Figure 55, when the strap 14 is folded over the side of the shoulder strap 13 and from the tip end of the strap 14 The bag body 130 is inserted as shown in FIG.
或者,實質等長的兩個連接帶131可分別被連到肩帶13的左側與右側,且可在各肩帶13靠近連接帶131所連之處提供袋體132。因此,各連接帶131的長度可較圖16的連接帶14更短,以使得連接帶13的長度在肩帶13的寬度之內。當連接帶131以實質垂直於肩帶13縱向的方向被折疊且被插入袋體132,該連接帶131可實質完全地被存放如圖57所示。 Alternatively, two connecting strips 131 of substantially equal length may be attached to the left and right sides of the shoulder strap 13, respectively, and the pockets 132 may be provided where the shoulder straps 13 are attached adjacent to the straps 131. Accordingly, the length of each of the straps 131 can be shorter than the strap 14 of FIG. 16 such that the length of the strap 13 is within the width of the shoulder strap 13. When the connecting belt 131 is folded in a direction substantially perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the shoulder belt 13, and is inserted into the bag body 132, the connecting belt 131 can be substantially completely stored as shown in FIG.
實施例之變化---腿部開口部 Variation of the embodiment - leg opening
腿部開口部之一變化實施例將在此描述。如圖32所示的腿部開口部100具有形成在墊部103(cushiony member)的開口106。然而開口106的形狀並非限制在圖圖32所示的形 狀。例如,開口106可具有類似裂縫(slit-like)的形狀,或類似穿透孔(penetrating-hole-like)的形狀。為了強化墊部103的形變能力,亦可用不同於開口106的結構。例如,墊部103的一部分可被形成較其他部分更為薄。或者,不同於墊部103而具有較高彈性的構件可被嵌入欲在墊部103強化型變能力的部分。這種結構可應用到除了腿部開口部100以外的其他部分。例如,當這種結構被應用在對應於幼兒胸部的直立位置保持座主體11以強化形變能力,直立位置保持座主體11可被製作成根據幼兒胸部與手臂的移動而平順地跟著形變。 A variation of one of the leg openings will be described herein. The leg opening portion 100 shown in FIG. 32 has an opening 106 formed in a cushiony member. However, the shape of the opening 106 is not limited to the shape shown in FIG. shape. For example, the opening 106 can have a slit-like shape, or a penetrating-hole-like shape. In order to reinforce the deformation ability of the pad portion 103, a structure different from the opening 106 may be used. For example, a portion of the pad portion 103 can be formed to be thinner than other portions. Alternatively, a member having a higher elasticity than the pad portion 103 may be embedded in a portion to be reinforced at the pad portion 103. This structure can be applied to other parts than the leg opening portion 100. For example, when such a structure is applied to the holder body 11 in an upright position corresponding to the chest of the child to enhance the deformation ability, the upright position holder body 11 can be made to smoothly deform according to the movement of the chest and the arm of the child.
在上述的實施例中,包覆織物(cover cloth)104與襯背織物(backing cloth)105相連之處(也就是縫合線109)是位在如圖36所示的直立位置保持座主體11之側邊。在此情形下,相對較硬的縫合線109可碰觸到幼兒的腿部,因此幼兒觸感會不舒服。要消除這種不舒服,縫合線109可被配置在直立位置保持座主體11的前側面,如圖58所示。尤其是,襯背織物105可被剪裁成較包覆織物104更為寬者,被包在直立位置保持座10之側邊,露在前側面,並且與包覆織物104被縫合在前側面以形成縫合線133。因此,縫合線133是位在直立位置保持座10之前側面且不會碰觸到幼兒,藉此加強幼兒的舒適感。再者,縫合線133可用以形成可移動部(movable portion)107。故在包覆織物104與襯背織物105彼此相連之處符合用以形成可移動部107的縫合線。因此,一縫合線133的形變提供可移動部107的形 變,並同時防止縫合部分與幼兒腿部之間的接觸。 In the above embodiment, where the cover cloth 104 is joined to the backing cloth 105 (i.e., the suture 109) is in the upright position of the holder body 11 as shown in FIG. Side. In this case, the relatively stiff suture 109 can touch the leg of the child, so the child feels uncomfortable. To eliminate such discomfort, the suture 109 can be disposed on the front side of the upright position retaining body 11, as shown in FIG. In particular, the backing fabric 105 can be tailored to be wider than the wrap fabric 104, wrapped around the sides of the upright position retaining seat 10, exposed to the front side, and sewn to the front side with the wrap fabric 104. A suture 133 is formed. Therefore, the suture 133 is positioned on the front side of the upright position holding seat 10 without touching the child, thereby enhancing the comfort of the child. Again, the suture 133 can be used to form a movable portion 107. Therefore, the suture line for forming the movable portion 107 is conformed to where the covering fabric 104 and the backing fabric 105 are connected to each other. Therefore, the deformation of a suture 133 provides the shape of the movable portion 107 Change and at the same time prevent contact between the stitched portion and the child's leg.
實施例之變化---結合/分離結構 (ATTACHMENT/DETACHMENT STRUCTURE) Variations of the embodiment---binding/separation structure (ATTACHMENT/DETACHMENT STRUCTURE)
關於直立位置保持座10的躺臥位置保持座50七種結合/分離結構變化的第一實施例將在此描述。首先描述第一變化實施例。圖59是根據第一變化例之躺臥位置保持座的後視圖。公勾140a可被提供在一躺臥位置保持座主體140的後側面靠近上角落處。換言之,如圖14所示的直立位置保持座主體11的母勾71a是被配置在左右邊分離對應於公勾140a之處。當躺臥位置保持座主體140是位在直立位置保持座主體11之上時,公勾140a與母勾71a是以可分離的方式彼此相扣合,躺臥位置保持座50可被固定在直立位置保持座10。再者,公勾140a與母勾71a是以帶蓋體(strap cover)70所包覆著,故不會在直立位置保持座10的前側面曝露出。 A first embodiment of seven combinations of separation/separation structures for the lying position holder 50 of the upright position holder 10 will be described herein. First, a first variation embodiment will be described. Figure 59 is a rear elevational view of the lying position holder according to the first variation. The male hook 140a can be provided at a rear side of the lying body 140 in a lying position near the upper corner. In other words, the female hook 71a of the upright position holder main body 11 shown in Fig. 14 is disposed where the left and right sides are separated from the male hook 140a. When the lying position holder main body 140 is positioned above the upright position holding body 11, the male hook 140a and the female hook 71a are detachably engaged with each other, and the lying position holding seat 50 can be fixed to the upright Position holder 10. Further, the male hook 140a and the female hook 71a are covered with a strap cover 70, so that they are not exposed at the front side of the upright position holding base 10.
結合/分離結構的第二種變化實施例將在此描述。圖60是根據第二變化例之躺臥位置保持座的後視圖,以及圖61是根據第二變化例之直立位置保持座的後視圖。一固定翼141可被提供在躺臥位置保持座50的躺臥位置保持座主體51。固定翼141是被形成用以從躺臥位置保持座主體51之上邊緣覆蓋躺臥位置保持座主體51的後側面,以到達將近自上邊緣的1/3部分。當躺臥位置保持座50被設置在直立位置保持座10之上時,且固定翼141是從頭部支持 裝置12的上側被設置在直立位置保持座主體11的後側面之上時,頭部支持裝置12與直立位置保持座主體11的上部可被固定翼141覆蓋。在覆蓋的狀態時,頭部支持裝置12與直立位置保持座主體11是被夾在躺臥位置保持座主體51與固定翼141之間。因此,躺臥位置保持座50很難從直立位置保持座10分離開,且躺臥位置保持座50可暫時地被固定在直立位置保持座10。 A second variant embodiment of the bonding/separation structure will be described herein. Fig. 60 is a rear elevational view of the lying position holder according to the second modification, and Fig. 61 is a rear elevational view of the upright position holder according to the second modification. A fixed wing 141 can be provided in the lying position holding seat main body 51 in the lying position holding seat 50. The fixed wing 141 is formed to cover the rear side of the lying position holder main body 51 from the upper edge of the lying position holding body main body 51 to reach the 1/3 portion from the upper edge. When the lying position holder 50 is disposed above the upright position holding seat 10, and the fixed wing 141 is supported from the head When the upper side of the device 12 is disposed above the rear side of the upright position holder main body 11, the head support device 12 and the upper portion of the upright position holder main body 11 can be covered by the fixed wings 141. In the covered state, the head support device 12 and the upright position holder main body 11 are sandwiched between the lying position holder main body 51 and the fixed wing 141. Therefore, the lying position holder 50 is difficult to be separated from the upright position holding seat 10, and the lying position holding seat 50 can be temporarily fixed to the upright position holding seat 10.
在此,公勾141a被提供在固定翼141的前側面(面對躺臥位置保持座主體51之表面),公勾141a的位置是靠近於前端。換言之,一母勾11a是被提供在直立位置保持座主體11的前側面。當公勾141a與母勾11a以可分離的方式相扣合時,躺臥位置保持座50可穩穩地被固定在直立位置保持座10。由於公勾141a與母勾11a是被固定翼141所覆蓋,因此公勾141a與母勾11a不會在直立位置保持座10之前側面曝露出。 Here, the male hook 141a is provided on the front side of the fixed wing 141 (the surface of the holder main body 51 facing the lying position), and the position of the male hook 141a is close to the front end. In other words, a female hook 11a is provided on the front side of the holder main body 11 in the upright position. When the male hook 141a is detachably engaged with the female hook 11a, the lying position holding seat 50 can be stably fixed to the upright position holding seat 10. Since the male hook 141a and the female hook 11a are covered by the fixed wing 141, the male hook 141a and the female hook 11a are not exposed to the front side of the holder 10 in the upright position.
結合/分離結構的第三種變化實施例將在此描述。圖62是根據第三變化例之躺臥位置保持座的後視圖。一固定翼143是被提供在躺臥位置保持座50的躺臥位置保持座主體51之後側面。固定翼143覆蓋幾乎從躺臥位置保持座主體51的上邊緣到下邊緣的範圍部分。當躺臥位置保持座主體51是位在被設置在直立位置保持座主體11之上時,且固定翼143是從頭部支持裝置12的上側被設置在直立位置保持座主體11的後側面之上時,頭部支持裝置12與直立位置保持座主體11可被固定翼14實質完全地覆蓋。在覆蓋的狀 態時,頭部支持裝置12與直立位置保持座主體11是實質完全地被夾在躺臥位置保持座主體51與固定翼143之間,藉此,躺臥位置保持座50很難從直立位置保持座10分離開。因此,躺臥位置保持座50可暫時地被固定在直立位置保持座10。 A third variant embodiment of the bonding/separation structure will be described herein. Figure 62 is a rear elevational view of the lying position holder according to the third variation. A fixed wing 143 is provided on the side behind the holder main body 51 in the lying position of the lying position holding seat 50. The fixed wing 143 covers a range portion of the range from the upper edge to the lower edge of the holder main body 51 almost in the lying position. When the lying position holder main body 51 is positioned above the upright position holding seat main body 11, and the fixed wing 143 is disposed from the upper side of the head supporting device 12 on the rear side of the upright position holding seat main body 11, The head support device 12 and the upright position holder body 11 can be substantially completely covered by the fixed wings 14. Covered In the state, the head support device 12 and the upright position holder main body 11 are substantially completely sandwiched between the lying position holder main body 51 and the fixed wing 143, whereby the lying position holding seat 50 is difficult to be from the upright position. The holder 10 is separated. Therefore, the lying position holder 50 can be temporarily fixed to the upright position holding seat 10.
躺臥位置保持座主體51與固定翼143是被形成略寬於直立位置保持座主體11。當躺臥位置保持座主體51是位在直立位置保持座主體11之上時,各躺臥位置保持座主體51的側邊與固定翼143是突伸遠於直立位置保持座主體11的側邊(尤其是如圖9所示的手臂孔25與腿部孔43的位置所指)。躺臥位置保持座主體51突伸側的部分,母勾51a與表面緊固件51b是被提供在後側面。固定翼143突伸側的部分,公勾143a與表面緊固件143b是被提供在前側面(躺臥位置保持座主體51的對面),位在對應於母勾51a與表面緊固件51b之處。當母勾51a及表面緊固件51b分別與公勾143a及表面緊固件143b以可分離的方式在直立位置保持座主體11之側邊相扣合時,直立位置保持座10可被躺臥位置保持座50夾住,藉此躺臥位置保持座50可穩穩地被固定在直立位置保持座10。在固定的狀態時,母勾51a、公勾143a及表面緊固件51b與143b是被固定翼143所覆蓋,且不會從直立位置保持座10的前側面曝露出。 The lying position holder main body 51 and the fixed wing 143 are formed to be slightly wider than the upright position holding seat main body 11. When the lying position holder main body 51 is positioned above the upright position holding body 11, the side edges of each lying position holding seat main body 51 and the fixed wings 143 are protruded farther than the sides of the upright position holding seat main body 11. (In particular, the position of the arm hole 25 and the leg hole 43 as shown in FIG. 9). The portion in which the seat main body 51 protrudes from the lying position is placed, and the female hook 51a and the surface fastener 51b are provided on the rear side. The protruding side portion of the fixed wing 143, the male hook 143a and the surface fastener 143b are provided on the front side (opposite to the lying position holding body 51), and are located at the position corresponding to the female hook 51a and the surface fastener 51b. When the female hook 51a and the surface fastener 51b are detachably engaged with the side edges of the upright position holding body 11 respectively with the male hook 143a and the surface fastener 143b, the upright position holding seat 10 can be held by the lying position. The seat 50 is clamped, whereby the lying position holding seat 50 can be stably fixed to the upright position holding seat 10. In the fixed state, the female hook 51a, the male hook 143a, and the surface fasteners 51b and 143b are covered by the fixed wings 143 and are not exposed from the front side of the upright position holding seat 10.
結合/分離結構的第四種變化實施例將在此描述。圖63是根據第四變化例之躺臥位置保持座的後視圖,以及圖 64是根據第四變化例之直立位置保持座的後視圖。一固定翼144是被提供在躺臥位置保持座50的躺臥位置保持座主體51,用以覆蓋躺臥位置保持座50的後側面。固定翼144具有一對母勾144a與一對公勾144b位在後側面。母勾144a與公勾144b是沿著折疊線144c線對稱地被配置著。一環狀的翼環145是被提供在直立位置保持座10的頭部支持裝置12之上邊緣,以使固定翼144可被插入翼環145。 A fourth variant embodiment of the bonding/separation structure will be described herein. Figure 63 is a rear elevational view of the lying position holder according to the fourth modification, and 64 is a rear view of the upright position holder according to the fourth modification. A fixed wing 144 is a lying position holding body 51 provided in the lying position holding seat 50 for covering the rear side of the lying position holding seat 50. The fixed wing 144 has a pair of female hooks 144a and a pair of male hooks 144b on the rear side. The female hook 144a and the male hook 144b are arranged in line symmetry along the folding line 144c. An annular wing ring 145 is provided on the upper edge of the head support 12 of the upright position retaining seat 10 such that the fixed wing 144 can be inserted into the wing ring 145.
在躺臥位置保持座50被放到直立位置保持座10之上以後,固定翼144是被製作成通過翼環145。因此固定翼144沿著折疊線144c被折成兩部分,以使翼環145被固定翼144夾在中間。因此躺臥位置保持座50很難從直立位置保持座10分離開,且躺臥位置保持座50暫時地固定在直立位置保持座10。在折疊狀態時,母勾144a與公勾144b是被配置在彼此位置相對應之處。因此,當公勾144b與母勾144a是以可分離的方式相扣合時,躺臥位置保持座50可穩穩地被固定在直立位置保持座10。在此狀態,母勾144a與公勾144b是被固定翼144所覆蓋,且不會在直立位置保持座10的前側面曝露出。 After the rest position 50 is placed on the upright position retaining seat 10 in the lying position, the fixed wings 144 are made to pass through the wing ring 145. The fixed wing 144 is thus folded into two portions along the fold line 144c such that the wing ring 145 is sandwiched by the fixed wing 144. Therefore, the lying position holder 50 is difficult to be separated from the upright position holding seat 10, and the lying position holding seat 50 is temporarily fixed to the upright position holding seat 10. In the folded state, the female hook 144a and the male hook 144b are disposed at positions corresponding to each other. Therefore, when the male hook 144b and the female hook 144a are detachably engaged, the lying position holding seat 50 can be stably fixed to the upright position holding seat 10. In this state, the female hook 144a and the male hook 144b are covered by the fixed wing 144 and are not exposed at the front side of the upright position holding seat 10.
結合/分離結構(的第五種變化實施例將在此描述。圖65是根據第五變化例之躺臥位置保持座的後視圖,以及圖64是根據第五變化例之直立位置保持座的後視圖。一對固定帶146是被形成在躺臥位置保持座50的躺臥位置保持座主體51,以使固定帶146在後側面從左側邊與右側邊延伸向中央。在各固定帶146的後側面(躺臥位置保持座 主體51的對面),一公勾146a被提供。在直立位置保持座10的直立位置保持座主體11之前側面,一垂直延伸的帶狀網覆部(mesh cover)147被提供。該網覆部147是僅在直立位置保持座主體11的上邊緣與下邊緣處與其縫合,且在右側邊與左側邊形成開口147a,其可隨意地被打開或關上。再者,母勾147b是被提供在直立位置保持座主體11的前側面,位在對應於公勾146a且網覆部147所覆蓋之處。 A fifth variant embodiment of the joining/separating structure will be described herein. Fig. 65 is a rear view of the lying position holder according to the fifth variation, and Fig. 64 is an upright position holder according to the fifth variation. Rear view. The pair of fixing straps 146 are the lying position holding main body 51 formed in the lying position holding seat 50 such that the fixing belt 146 extends from the left side and the right side toward the center on the rear side. Rear side (recumbent position holder) A side of the main body 51), a male hook 146a is provided. A vertically extending strip mesh cover 147 is provided in the upright position of the upright position retaining seat 10 to retain the front side of the seat body 11. The mesh covering portion 147 is sewn to the upper edge and the lower edge of the holder main body 11 only in the upright position, and an opening 147a is formed at the right side and the left side, which can be arbitrarily opened or closed. Further, the female hook 147b is provided on the front side surface of the upright position holding main body 11, and is located at a position corresponding to the male hook 146a and covered by the mesh covering portion 147.
在躺臥位置保持座50被放到直立位置保持座10之上以後,固定翼146是被製作成從直立位置保持座主體11之側邊通到其前側,進一步透過開口147a插入直立位置保持座主體11與網覆部147之間。因此,直立位置保持座主體11可由固定帶146支撐著,藉此躺臥位置保持座50很難從直立位置保持座10分離開,且躺臥位置保持座50可暫時地被固定在直立位置保持座10。在插入的狀態,公勾146a與母勾147b是被配置在彼此相對應之位置。當公勾146a與母勾147b以可分離的方式相扣合時,躺臥位置保持座50可被穩穩地固定在直立位置保持座10。在固定狀態時,固定帶146與公勾146a是被網覆部147所覆蓋,且避免在前側曝露出。再者,當躺臥位置保持座50是分離時,由於母勾147b亦被網覆部147所覆蓋,可避免該母勾147b在前側被曝露。 After the lying position holder 50 is placed on the upright position holding seat 10, the fixing wings 146 are formed to pass from the side of the upright position holding seat main body 11 to the front side thereof, and further inserted into the upright position holding seat through the opening 147a. Between the main body 11 and the mesh covering portion 147. Therefore, the upright position holder main body 11 can be supported by the fixing belt 146, whereby the lying position holding seat 50 is difficult to be separated from the upright position holding seat 10, and the lying position holding seat 50 can be temporarily fixed in the upright position to be held. Block 10. In the inserted state, the male hook 146a and the female hook 147b are disposed at positions corresponding to each other. When the male hook 146a is detachably engaged with the female hook 147b, the lying position holding seat 50 can be stably fixed to the upright position holding seat 10. In the fixed state, the fixing strap 146 and the male hook 146a are covered by the mesh covering portion 147 and are prevented from being exposed on the front side. Further, when the lying position holding seat 50 is separated, since the female hook 147b is also covered by the mesh covering portion 147, the female hook 147b can be prevented from being exposed on the front side.
結合/分離結構的第六種變化實施例將在此描述。圖67是根據第六變化例之躺臥位置保持座的後視圖,以及圖68是根據第六變化例之直立位置保持座的前視圖。固定翼 148被提供在躺臥位置座主體51之後側面上,以使固定翼148朝橫向延伸。在固定翼148之前側面(相對於躺臥位置保持座主體51之一面),一公勾148a被提供。再者,在躺臥位置保持座主體51之後側面上,母勾51a被提供在相對應於公勾148a之位置處。另一方面而言,在直立位置保持座10之直立位置保持座主體11的後側面上,一網狀袋體149被提供。開口149a被形成在網狀袋體149之右側及左側,相對應於固定翼148之位置處。在躺臥位置保持座50被安置在直立位置保持座10上後,固定翼148被從側面引至直立位置保持座主體11之前側面,並且經由開口149a.被插入直立位置保持座主體11與網狀袋體149之間。因此,網狀袋體149可被固定翼148所支持,藉此躺臥位置保持座50難以被從直立位置保持座10分開,並且躺臥位置保持座50可以暫時地固定至直立位置保持座10。在插入狀態時,公勾148a及母勾51a是被配置在彼此位置相對應之處。因此,當公勾148a與母勾51a是以可分離的方式相扣合時,躺臥位置保持座50可穩穩地被固定在直立位置保持座10。在固定狀態中,固定翼148被配置在直立位置保持座10之後側,藉此可防止固定翼148、公勾148a及其他類似裝置曝露在前側。 A sixth variant embodiment of the bonding/separation structure will be described herein. Figure 67 is a rear elevational view of the lying position holder according to the sixth variation, and Figure 68 is a front elevational view of the upright position holder according to the sixth variation. Fixed wing A 148 is provided on the rear side of the seat body 51 in the lying position such that the fixed wings 148 extend in the lateral direction. A male hook 148a is provided on the front side of the fixed wing 148 (relative to one side of the seat main body 51 with respect to the lying position). Further, on the side after the holder main body 51 in the lying position, the female hook 51a is provided at a position corresponding to the male hook 148a. On the other hand, a mesh bag 149 is provided on the rear side of the holder main body 11 in the upright position of the upright position holding seat 10. The opening 149a is formed on the right and left sides of the mesh bag 149 corresponding to the position of the fixed wing 148. After the holding seat 50 is placed on the upright position holding seat 10 in the lying position, the fixed wing 148 is led from the side to the front side of the upright position holding seat main body 11, and is inserted into the upright position holding seat main body 11 and the net via the opening 149a. Between the pockets 149. Therefore, the mesh bag body 149 can be supported by the fixing wings 148, whereby the lying position holding seat 50 is difficult to be separated from the upright position holding seat 10, and the lying position holding seat 50 can be temporarily fixed to the upright position holding seat 10 . In the inserted state, the male hook 148a and the female hook 51a are disposed at positions corresponding to each other. Therefore, when the male hook 148a and the female hook 51a are detachably engaged, the lying position holding seat 50 can be stably fixed to the upright position holding seat 10. In the fixed state, the fixed wings 148 are disposed on the rear side of the upright position holding seat 10, whereby the fixed wings 148, the male hooks 148a, and the like are prevented from being exposed on the front side.
結合/分離結構(的第七種變化實施例將在此描述。圖69是根據第七變化例之躺直立位置保持座的前視圖。除了特別加以描述之結構外,第七變化例是與第六變化例類似。第七變化例與第六變化例不同之處在於,一環狀翼環 150a被形成在直立位置保持座10之直立位置保持座主體11的前側面之網狀袋體150上。翼環150a被配置在與圖67中躺臥位置保持座50之固定翼148相對應之處,並且可被突出至後側。在如圖67所示之躺臥位置保持座50被設置在直立位置保持座10之後,固定翼148被從側面引至直立位置保持座主體11之前側面,並且插入該翼環150a。因此,翼環150a可被固定翼148所支持,藉此躺臥位置保持座50難以被從直立位置保持座10分開,,並且躺臥位置保持座50可以暫時地固定至直立位置保持座10。此外,在插入狀態時,圖67中的公勾148a及母勾51a是被配置在彼此位置相對應之處。因此,當公勾148a與母勾51a是以可分離的方式相扣合時,躺臥位置保持座50可穩穩地被固定在直立位置保持座10。在固定狀態中,固定翼148被配置在直立位置保持座10之後側,藉此可防止固定翼148、公勾148a及其他類似裝置曝露在前側。 The seventh modified embodiment of the bonding/separating structure will be described herein. Fig. 69 is a front view of the lying upright position holder according to the seventh variation. The seventh variation is the same as the structure except for the structure specifically described. The six variations are similar. The seventh variation differs from the sixth variation in that an annular wing ring 150a is formed on the mesh bag 150 of the front side of the holder main body 11 in the upright position of the upright position holding seat 10. The wing ring 150a is disposed at a position corresponding to the fixed wing 148 of the lying position holder 50 in Fig. 67, and can be protruded to the rear side. After the lying position holder 50 is placed in the upright position holding seat 10 as shown in Fig. 67, the fixed wing 148 is led from the side to the front side of the upright position holding seat main body 11, and the wing ring 150a is inserted. Therefore, the wing ring 150a can be supported by the fixed wing 148, whereby the lying position holding seat 50 is difficult to be separated from the upright position holding seat 10, and the lying position holding seat 50 can be temporarily fixed to the upright position holding seat 10. Further, in the inserted state, the male hook 148a and the female hook 51a in Fig. 67 are disposed at positions corresponding to each other. Therefore, when the male hook 148a and the female hook 51a are detachably engaged, the lying position holding seat 50 can be stably fixed to the upright position holding seat 10. In the fixed state, the fixed wings 148 are disposed on the rear side of the upright position holding seat 10, whereby the fixed wings 148, the male hooks 148a, and the like are prevented from being exposed on the front side.
實施例之變化---折疊裝置的結構 Variation of the embodiment - structure of the folding device
直立位置保持座之折疊裝置的結構之一變化實施例將在此描述。如實施例所示,當儲存袋121被提供並儲存在直立位置保持座中時,儲存袋121之位置是可變化。圖70顯示折疊結構之變化例,並且圖70為直立位置保持座10之一前視圖,其中儲存袋已被取出。在如圖70所示之變化例中,之前所描述之袋體120被配置在直立位置保持座主體11之後側面,並且儲存袋121被儲存在袋體120中,以使 儲存袋121可以自由地被從中取出或放回。 One variation of the structure of the folding device of the upright position retaining seat will be described herein. As shown in the embodiment, the position of the storage bag 121 is variable when the storage bag 121 is provided and stored in the upright position holder. Fig. 70 shows a variation of the folded structure, and Fig. 70 is a front view of the upright position holder 10 in which the storage bag has been taken out. In the variation shown in FIG. 70, the bag body 120 previously described is disposed on the rear side of the upright position holder main body 11, and the storage bag 121 is stored in the bag body 120 so that The storage bag 121 can be freely removed or returned therefrom.
在此變化例中,連接帶122被固定至開口121a之相對側之儲存袋121,以使直立位置保持座10可被輕易地儲存在儲存袋121中。如此配置連接帶122之理由將隨著底下描述直立位置保持座10之儲存程序而被描述。首先,直立位置保持座10之肩帶13是如圖71所示向內折疊。接著,直立位置保持座10被沿著緃向方向折疊數次(例如三次)(在圖72至75中,直立位置保持座10是被標示為虛線)。在折疊狀態時,儲存袋121的開口121a之相對側是與直立位置保持座10相接觸。直立位置保持座10在接觸處被從開口121a之相對側置入儲存袋121,而如圖74所示顛倒儲存袋121,並且顛倒的儲存袋121逐漸地包覆直立位置保持座10。因此,直立位置保持座10可以如圖75所示,輕易地被儲存在儲存袋121中。此外,再次如圖70所示,袋體120被配置在直立位置保持座主體11之後側面上。因此,無論幼兒是被保持在躺臥位置或直立位置,袋體120不會曝露在前側,如此幼兒背負裝置1之外觀可以被維持在一受歡迎的狀態。此外,因為袋體120是由網狀織物所形成而具有高的透氣特性,而可維持幼兒的舒適感。 In this variation, the connecting belt 122 is fixed to the storage bag 121 on the opposite side of the opening 121a so that the upright position holder 10 can be easily stored in the storage bag 121. The reason why the connecting belt 122 is thus configured will be described with the storage procedure of the upright position holder 10 described below. First, the shoulder strap 13 of the upright position retaining seat 10 is folded inward as shown in FIG. Next, the upright position holding seat 10 is folded several times (for example, three times) in the twisting direction (in FIGS. 72 to 75, the upright position holding seat 10 is indicated as a broken line). In the folded state, the opposite side of the opening 121a of the storage bag 121 is in contact with the upright position holding seat 10. The upright position retaining seat 10 is placed into the storage bag 121 at the contact from the opposite side of the opening 121a, while the storage bag 121 is reversed as shown in Fig. 74, and the inverted storage bag 121 gradually covers the upright position holding seat 10. Therefore, the upright position holder 10 can be easily stored in the storage bag 121 as shown in FIG. Further, as shown in FIG. 70 again, the bag body 120 is disposed on the rear side of the upright position holding seat main body 11. Therefore, regardless of whether the child is held in the lying position or the upright position, the bag body 120 is not exposed on the front side, so that the appearance of the child carrying device 1 can be maintained in a popular state. In addition, since the bag body 120 is formed of a mesh fabric and has high air permeability, the comfort of the child can be maintained.
或者,袋體120可被配置在直立位置保持座主體11之後側面靠近臀部處;或者在直立位置保持座主體11之前側面上;或者可被儲存在肩帶13中。又或者,如圖76所示,用以維持直立位置保持座在一折疊狀態之固定帶151可被提供,而取代儲存袋121。固定帶151是被形成為可綁束 直立位置保持座10折為三折之長度,並且表面固定裝置151a被配置在固定帶151之兩端。固定帶151是被從網狀袋體120中取出,並且捲繞折為三折之直立位置保持座10之外圍,而固定帶151之兩端是藉由表面固定裝置151a而彼此固定。因此,直立位置保持座10可如圖77所示,被保持在折疊狀態(在圖77中,直立位置保持座10是以虛線標示)。或者,固定帶151可由橡膠製成。在此情況中,固定帶151之彈力可允許保持直立位置保持座,並且不需要表面固定裝置151a。 Alternatively, the bag body 120 may be disposed at the side closer to the buttocks in the upright position retaining seat body 11; or on the front side of the seat body 11 in the upright position; or may be stored in the shoulder strap 13. Alternatively, as shown in Fig. 76, a fixing belt 151 for maintaining the upright position holding seat in a folded state may be provided instead of the storage bag 121. The fixing strap 151 is formed to be tying The upright position holding seat 10 is folded into a three-fold length, and the surface fixing device 151a is disposed at both ends of the fixing belt 151. The fixing belt 151 is taken out from the mesh bag body 120, and is wound around the periphery of the upright position holding seat 10, and the both ends of the fixing belt 151 are fixed to each other by the surface fixing device 151a. Therefore, the upright position holding seat 10 can be held in a folded state as shown in Fig. 77 (in Fig. 77, the upright position holding seat 10 is indicated by a broken line). Alternatively, the fixing band 151 may be made of rubber. In this case, the elastic force of the fixing belt 151 can allow the holder to be held in the upright position, and the surface fixing device 151a is not required.
此外,如圖78所示,一對保持帶152可被提供在直立位置保持座主體11之側面,靠近緃向方向之中央處。保持帶152為一保持裝置,用以保持幼兒在直立位置保持座主體11中,並且同時作為一折疊裝置,用以維持直立位置保持座10在一折疊狀態。特別地,該對保持帶152是被形成為可綁束直立位置保持座10折為三折之長度,並且一公扣152a及一母扣152b被分別配置在兩端。當該對保持帶152捲繞折為三折之直立位置保持座10之外圍,並且該對保持帶152之兩端藉由公扣152a及母扣152b之結合作用而彼此結合在一起時,直立位置保持座10可如圖79所示被保持在一折疊狀態(在圖79中,直立位置保持座10被以虛線標示)。因此,當直立位置保持座10藉由使用也可保持幼兒之保持帶152而被保持時,即不需要特定用來保持直立位置保持座10之元件。因此,直立位置保持座10可以更簡單的結構而被保持。 Further, as shown in Fig. 78, a pair of holding belts 152 may be provided at the side of the upright position holding body 11 near the center of the yaw direction. The retaining strap 152 is a retaining device for retaining the infant in the upright position in the seat body 11 and at the same time acts as a folding device for maintaining the upright position retaining seat 10 in a folded condition. Specifically, the pair of holding belts 152 are formed to be bundled into the upright position holding seat 10 by a three-fold length, and one male buckle 152a and one female buckle 152b are respectively disposed at both ends. When the pair of holding belts 152 are wound around the periphery of the upright position holding seat 10 which is folded into three, and the two ends of the pair of holding belts 152 are joined to each other by the combination of the male buckle 152a and the female buckle 152b, the upright is erected The position holder 10 can be held in a folded state as shown in Fig. 79 (in Fig. 79, the upright position holder 10 is indicated by a broken line). Therefore, when the upright position holding seat 10 is held by the holding band 152 of the child, the element for holding the upright position holding seat 10 is not required. Therefore, the upright position holding seat 10 can be held in a simpler structure.
或者,如圖80所示,一勾153可被提供在直立位置保持座10之頭部支持裝置12之上緣。在直立位置保持座10之直立位置保持座主體11之前側面上,一按鈕154(其可以可分離式地與勾153結合),可被配置在當直立位置保持座10以前述方法折疊為三折時直立位置保持座10之勾153之相對應處(在變化例中靠近中央的位置)。當直立位置保持座10被折為三折,並且勾153與按鈕154結合時,直立位置保持座10可如圖81所示,被保持在折疊狀。特別是當勾153是由橡膠製成時,即使按鈕154的位置稍微偏移勾53,勾153亦可被彈性地拉伸,以使其與按鈕154結合。因此,該保持作用可被更簡易地執行。 Alternatively, as shown in FIG. 80, a hook 153 may be provided at the upper edge of the head support device 12 of the upright position retaining seat 10. In the upright position of the upright position retaining seat 10 on the front side of the retainer body 11, a button 154 (which may be detachably coupled to the hook 153) may be disposed when the upright position retaining seat 10 is folded into a tri-fold in the aforementioned manner. The corresponding position of the hook 153 of the upright position holding seat 10 (the position near the center in the variation). When the upright position holding seat 10 is folded into three, and the hook 153 is combined with the button 154, the upright position holding seat 10 can be held in a folded shape as shown in FIG. In particular, when the hook 153 is made of rubber, even if the position of the button 154 is slightly offset from the hook 53, the hook 153 can be elastically stretched to be engaged with the button 154. Therefore, the holding effect can be performed more easily.
實施例之變化---問題及功效 Changes in the examples - problems and effects
本發明所解決的問題以及本發明之功效並不僅限於前面的描述。本發明亦可解決前面所未描述之問題,或者具有前面所未描述之功效。本發明可解決前面所描述之部分問題,或者具有前面所描述之部分功效。 The problems solved by the present invention and the effects of the present invention are not limited to the foregoing description. The present invention can also solve the problems not described above or have the effects not previously described. The present invention solves some of the problems described above or has some of the efficiencies described above.
舉例而言,即使當腿部開口部或其相類者無法完美地跟隨幼兒的移動時,只要腿部開口部可跟隨之範圍及其能力相較於先前產品有所增進,或者只要本發明可以不同方式帶來與先前產品之功效類似的功效,則可說已解決了問題。 For example, even when the leg opening portion or the like cannot perfectly follow the movement of the child, as long as the range in which the leg opening can follow and its ability are improved compared to the prior product, or as long as the present invention can Different ways to bring similar effects to the efficacy of previous products can be said to have solved the problem.
舉例而言,即使當直立位置保持座及躺臥位置保持座之結合/分離結構無法完全不被曝露出來,只要相較於先 前產品可覆蓋較廣之範圍,或只要能以不同於先前方法之方式取得類似之功效,則可說已解決了問題。 For example, even when the combination/separation structure of the upright position holder and the lying position holder cannot be completely exposed, as long as it is compared with the first The former product can cover a wide range, or as long as it can achieve similar effects in a manner different from the previous method, it can be said that the problem has been solved.
此外,舉例而言,即使當連接頭部支持裝置至肩帶之連接器無法被前側蓋體及/或後側蓋體所完全覆蓋,只要覆蓋的範圍或開關蓋體之操作性相較於先前產品有所增進,或只要能以不同於先前方法之方式取得類似之功效,則可說已解決了問題。 Further, for example, even when the connector connecting the head support device to the shoulder strap cannot be completely covered by the front side cover and/or the rear side cover, as long as the coverage range or the switch cover is more operative than the previous one The product has been improved, or as long as it can achieve similar effects in a different way than the previous method, it can be said that the problem has been solved.
再者,舉例而言,即使當使用者無可避免地忘記關上扣蓋(buckle cover),只要此種意外的機率及頻率相較於先前產品有所減少,戓只要能以不同於先前方法之方式取得類似之功效,則可說已解決了問題。 Moreover, for example, even when the user inevitably forgets to close the buckle cover, as long as the probability and frequency of such accidents are reduced compared to the previous products, as long as it can be different from the previous method. The way to achieve similar effects, it can be said that the problem has been solved.
再者,舉例而言,即使當使用者無法完全避免在外出後留下折疊裝置,只要此種意外的機率相較於先前產品有所減少,戓只要能以不同於先前方法之方式取得類似之功效,則可說已解決了問題。 Moreover, for example, even if the user cannot completely avoid leaving the folding device after going out, as long as the probability of such accident is reduced compared to the previous product, as long as the similar method can be obtained in a manner different from the previous method. Efficacy, it can be said that the problem has been solved.
實施例之變化---其他事項 Changes in the embodiment - other matters
上面所描述或圖示關於實施例及其變化例的結構、尺寸、材籵或形狀若未特別指明,則僅為例示,而可選擇性地變動。 The structures, dimensions, materials or shapes described above or illustrated in relation to the embodiments and variations thereof are merely illustrative and may be selectively varied, unless otherwise specified.
最後,上面所描述關於實施例及其變化例的功效及優點將概述如下。雖然對應於實施例及其變化例之元件之參考標號底下是在括號中表示,但本發明並不局限於以參考標號標示之元件,並且這些元件可以具有相同功能之元件 取代。 Finally, the effects and advantages described above with respect to the embodiments and variations thereof will be summarized as follows. Although the reference numerals of the elements corresponding to the embodiment and its modifications are indicated in parentheses, the invention is not limited to the elements indicated by the reference numerals, and the elements may have the same function. Replace.
先前技術之幼兒背負裝置,例如在日本專利公開號2004-181268所揭露之幼兒背負裝置之缺點在於:腿部開口部被設計為固定在緊固件相,並且使用者每一次在面朝前前置(forward-facing front-loading)及面朝後前置(backward-facing front loading)之間改變保持方式時,都必需操作緊固件。緊固件的操作對於使用者而言是煩瑣之事,並且使用者容易忘記緊固或打開緊固件。在另一方面,當墊部被配置在腿部開口部中時,不會引起關於緊固件的問題。然而,僅是配置墊部無法確保腿部開口部有足夠橫向的形變。依據該實施例,釋放部可釋放緩衝體的緩衝力,藉此當接觸部分因幼兒的移動而被壓縮時,該接觸部分可相對容易地產生變形。因此,幼兒背負裝置可維持對應於幼兒身體部分的形狀,而無須不必要的擠壓幼兒的身體部分,藉此強化幼兒的舒適性。再者,由於釋放緩衝力加強緩衝體的彈性,所以無須任何特殊的操作,即可達成接觸部分的變形結構。因此,傳統必須的操作,像是緊固腿部開口部的緊固件之操作並非必要,藉此可更強化使用者之便利性。 A disadvantage of the prior art child carrying device, such as the child carrying device disclosed in Japanese Patent Publication No. 2004-181268, is that the leg opening is designed to be fixed to the fastener phase, and the user is facing forwardly each time. When changing the hold mode between (forward-facing front-loading) and backward-facing front loading, it is necessary to operate the fasteners. The operation of the fasteners is cumbersome for the user and the user tends to forget to tighten or open the fasteners. On the other hand, when the pad portion is disposed in the leg opening portion, no problem with the fastener is caused. However, merely arranging the pad portion does not ensure that the leg opening portion has a sufficiently lateral deformation. According to this embodiment, the releasing portion can release the cushioning force of the cushioning body, whereby the contact portion can be deformed relatively easily when the contact portion is compressed by the movement of the child. Therefore, the child carrying device can maintain the shape corresponding to the body part of the child without unnecessarily squeezing the body part of the child, thereby enhancing the comfort of the child. Furthermore, since the release cushioning force enhances the elasticity of the cushion body, the deformed structure of the contact portion can be achieved without any special operation. Therefore, the conventionally necessary operation, such as the operation of fastening the fasteners of the leg openings, is not necessary, thereby further enhancing the convenience of the user.
尤其是,依據該實施例,釋放部(106)可釋放緩衝體(103)的緩衝力,藉此接觸部分(100)因幼兒的移動而被壓縮時,接觸部分(100)可相對容易的產生變形。因此,幼兒背負裝置可維持形狀對應於幼兒身體部分的形狀,而無須不必要的擠壓幼兒的身體部分,藉此強化幼兒的舒適性。再者,由於釋放緩衝體(103)的緩衝力加強緩衝體(103)的彈 性,所以無須任何特殊的操作,即可達成接觸部分(100)的變形結構。因此,傳統必須的操作,像是緊固腿部開口部的緊固件之操作並非必要,藉此可更強化使用者之便利性。 In particular, according to this embodiment, the releasing portion (106) can release the cushioning force of the cushioning body (103), whereby the contact portion (100) can be relatively easily produced when the contact portion (100) is compressed by the movement of the child. Deformation. Therefore, the child carrying device can maintain the shape corresponding to the shape of the body part of the child without unnecessarily squeezing the body part of the child, thereby enhancing the comfort of the child. Furthermore, the bomb of the buffer body (103) is reinforced by the cushioning force of the release buffer (103). Sex, so the deformation structure of the contact portion (100) can be achieved without any special operation. Therefore, the conventionally necessary operation, such as the operation of fastening the fasteners of the leg openings, is not necessary, thereby further enhancing the convenience of the user.
保持座(10)可被設計成躺臥位置保持座,以保持幼兒維持躺臥位置,或被設計成直立位置保持座(10),以保持幼兒維持直立位置。再者,接觸部分(100)可以是任何幼兒身體部分可碰觸的部分,但尤其可以是幼兒臀部或大腿內側所接觸的腿部開口部(100)。關於直立位置保持座(10),尤其在面朝前前置與面朝後前置時,腿部開口部(100)碰觸到幼兒的不同部位。因此增加直立位置保持座(10)之腿部開口部(100)如上述的彈性是有功效的。 The holder (10) can be designed as a lying position holder to keep the child in a lying position or as an upright position holder (10) to keep the child in an upright position. Further, the contact portion (100) may be any portion that the child's body part can touch, but may be, in particular, a leg opening (100) that the baby's buttocks or inner thighs contact. Regarding the upright position holding seat (10), particularly when facing forwardly and rearwardly facing forward, the leg opening (100) touches different parts of the child. Therefore, it is effective to increase the leg opening (100) of the upright position holding seat (10) as described above.
再者,釋放部(106)可以各種方式被形成。例如,釋放部(106)可以是被形成在緩衝體(103)的一開口(106)。在這種情形,由於釋放部(106)被形成為緩衝體(103)不存在的一空間,當接觸部分(100)因幼兒的移動而被壓縮時,接觸部分(100)可相對容易的產生變形。再者,由於僅僅藉由形成開口(106)即可形成釋放部(106),釋放部(106)可以低成本輕易地被形成。再者,釋放部(106)的提供可改善保持座(10)的透氣特性。因此亦可強化幼兒的舒適性。 Furthermore, the release portion (106) can be formed in a variety of ways. For example, the release portion (106) may be an opening (106) formed in the buffer body (103). In this case, since the release portion (106) is formed as a space in which the buffer body (103) does not exist, the contact portion (100) can be relatively easily generated when the contact portion (100) is compressed by the movement of the child. Deformation. Furthermore, since the release portion (106) can be formed only by forming the opening (106), the release portion (106) can be easily formed at low cost. Furthermore, the provision of the release portion (106) improves the gas permeable properties of the retaining seat (10). Therefore, the comfort of the child can also be enhanced.
釋放部(106)的另一種形成方式是在緩衝體(103)內提供一薄的部分作為釋放部(106)。在這種情形,緩衝體(103)在釋放部(106)被薄化。因此,當接觸部分(100)因幼兒的移動而被壓縮時,接觸部分(100)可相對容易地產生變 形。再者,由於緩衝體(103)被薄化,可強化保持座(10)的透氣特性,藉此強化幼兒的舒適性。 Another form of formation of the release portion (106) is to provide a thin portion within the buffer body (103) as a release portion (106). In this case, the buffer body (103) is thinned at the release portion (106). Therefore, when the contact portion (100) is compressed by the movement of the child, the contact portion (100) can be relatively easily changed. shape. Further, since the cushion body (103) is thinned, the air permeable characteristics of the retaining seat (10) can be enhanced, thereby enhancing the comfort of the child.
較佳者,釋放部(106)的外型實質是對應於接觸部分(100)的形狀。在這種情形,接觸部分(100)可產生相對應於該外型的形狀。例如,當接觸部分(100)的外型被形成對應於幼兒腿部的相應形狀,接觸部分(100)可從相對應的形狀產生變成幼兒的腿部,藉此接觸部可良好的保持適合於幼兒的腿部。 Preferably, the shape of the release portion (106) is substantially corresponding to the shape of the contact portion (100). In this case, the contact portion (100) may have a shape corresponding to the outer shape. For example, when the shape of the contact portion (100) is formed corresponding to the corresponding shape of the leg of the child, the contact portion (100) can be changed from the corresponding shape to become the leg of the child, whereby the contact portion can be well maintained suitable for The legs of young children.
再者,縫合線(108)可被提供在靠近接觸部分(100)的側邊部分,且接觸部分(100)的側邊部分(107)可被製作成可在縫合線附近移動者。在這種情形,根據接觸部分(100)被幼兒的擠壓,接觸部分(100)的側邊部分(107)可彈性地移動,以維持相對應於幼兒的形狀,藉此強化幼兒的舒適性。再者,根據幼兒的移動,由於不需要特殊的操作來移動接觸部分(100)的側邊部分(107),因此不需要傳統所需的操作,像是緊固腿部開口部的緊固件,並可因此強化使用者的便利性。 Further, the suture (108) can be provided adjacent to the side portion of the contact portion (100), and the side portion (107) of the contact portion (100) can be made to move around the suture. In this case, according to the pressing of the contact portion (100) by the child, the side portion (107) of the contact portion (100) can be elastically moved to maintain the shape corresponding to the child, thereby enhancing the comfort of the child. . Moreover, according to the movement of the child, since no special operation is required to move the side portion (107) of the contact portion (100), there is no need for a conventionally required operation, such as fastening a fastener for the leg opening portion. This can enhance the convenience of the user.
再者,較佳者,接觸幼兒之接觸部份(100)的後側面是被襯背織物(105)所覆蓋,相對於接觸部份(100)後側面的前側面是被包覆織物(104)所覆蓋,以及包覆織物(104)與襯背織物(105)彼此相連的部分被設在接觸部份(100)的前側面。在這種情形,織物(104)與襯背織物(105)彼此相連的部分(133)可防止幼兒的碰觸,藉此強化幼兒的舒適性。 Furthermore, preferably, the rear side of the contact portion (100) contacting the child is covered by the backing fabric (105), and the front side of the rear side of the contact portion (100) is covered with the fabric (104). Covered, and the portion of the covering fabric (104) and the backing fabric (105) connected to each other is provided on the front side of the contact portion (100). In this case, the portion (133) of the fabric (104) and the backing fabric (105) are connected to each other to prevent the child from coming into contact, thereby enhancing the comfort of the child.
當相連的部分(133)被配置在接觸部份(100)的前側面, 較佳者,相連的部分(133)符合於靠近位在接觸部分(100)側邊的縫合線。因此,僅有一縫合線(108)的形式即足以形成可移動部分(107),且同時相連的部分(133)可防止幼兒的碰觸。因此,從一簡單的結構即可獲得許多優良功效。 When the connected portion (133) is disposed on the front side of the contact portion (100), Preferably, the associated portion (133) conforms to a suture adjacent the side of the contact portion (100). Thus, only one suture (108) is sufficient to form the movable portion (107), and the simultaneously connected portion (133) prevents the child from touching. Therefore, many excellent effects can be obtained from a simple structure.
再者,接觸部份(100)可以縱向被提供在靠近保持座(10)的下邊緣,以使接觸部份(100)可容納幼兒的臀部或大腿內側,當重量調整部(107a)被提供在接觸部份(100)的側邊部分(107)作為一元件(element)以縱向沿著側邊部分(107)延伸向下緣,因此施加在接觸部份(100)的重量向內實質沿著直角被轉移到縱向上。因此,因懸掛施加在接觸部份(100)的側邊(107)的張力被釋放出,且施加在側邊(107)的重量被減少。在保持座(10)中,該重量從右邊及左邊(向內)被轉移到中央。因此,幼兒臀部與大腿內側的壓力可減少,藉此可更強化幼兒的舒適性。 Further, the contact portion (100) may be longitudinally provided near the lower edge of the holder (10) so that the contact portion (100) can accommodate the buttocks or the inner thigh of the child, when the weight adjustment portion (107a) is provided The side portion (107) of the contact portion (100) as an element extends longitudinally along the side portion (107) to the lower edge, so that the weight applied to the contact portion (100) is inwardly substantially The right angle is transferred to the longitudinal direction. Therefore, the tension applied to the side (107) of the contact portion (100) by the suspension is released, and the weight applied to the side (107) is reduced. In the holder (10), the weight is transferred from the right and left (inward) to the center. Therefore, the pressure on the inner side of the baby's buttocks and the inner thigh can be reduced, thereby enhancing the comfort of the child.
當使用者使用傳統的幼兒背負裝置將躺臥位置保持座結合到直立位置保持座,設置在座位側面的勾子有時會碰觸到幼兒;以及當使用者使用傳統的幼兒背負裝置僅用直立位置保持座,設置在直立位置保持座側面的勾子有時會碰觸到幼兒。因此,傳統的幼兒背負裝置會使幼兒有不舒服的感覺。 When the user uses the conventional infant carrying device to couple the lying position holder to the upright position holder, the hook provided on the side of the seat sometimes touches the child; and when the user uses the conventional child carrying device, only the upright is used The position holder, the hook placed on the side of the holder in the upright position sometimes touches the child. Therefore, the traditional infant carrying device can make the child feel uncomfortable.
再者,雖然在傳統的幼兒背負裝置,躺臥位置保持座是被結合到直立位置保持座,可是連接直立位置保持座的各種帶體並未固定到躺臥位置保持座。因此,這些帶體隨著躺臥位置保持座的週遭移動,而沒有限制,可能窒礙幼 兒背負裝置的使用者,或碰觸到幼兒。 Further, although in the conventional child carrying device, the lying position holder is coupled to the upright position holder, the various belts connected to the upright position holder are not fixed to the lying position holder. Therefore, these belts move around the seat in the lying position without limitation, which may hinder the child. The user of the device, or the child.
就另一方面而言,該實施例可防止第一緊固件與第二緊固件碰觸到幼兒,藉此更強化幼兒的舒適性。再者,由於第一與第二緊固件並未曝露在直立位置保持座,可防止第一與第二緊固件被曝露在幼兒背負裝置之前側面,藉此強化幼兒背負裝置的設計品質。帶體及其剩餘部份不會被使用者、幼兒及其他類似者拉扯到,且同時,幼兒背負裝置的外觀仍可被製作成整潔並可強化幼兒背負裝置的設計品質。再者,由於帶體結合裝置綁住帶體,以使帶體可從躺臥位置保持座以預定角度升起(rise),防止帶體被拉到右側或左側或向上而傾向幼兒。因此容納幼兒的空間會是穩固的。 On the other hand, this embodiment prevents the first fastener and the second fastener from coming into contact with the child, thereby further enhancing the comfort of the child. Moreover, since the first and second fasteners are not exposed to the upright position retaining seat, the first and second fasteners are prevented from being exposed to the front side of the infant carrying device, thereby enhancing the design quality of the infant carrying device. The belt body and its remainder are not pulled by the user, the child and the like, and at the same time, the appearance of the child carrying device can still be made neat and the design quality of the child carrying device can be enhanced. Furthermore, since the belt binding device binds the belt body so that the belt body can be raised from the lying position holding seat at a predetermined angle, the belt body is prevented from being pulled to the right side or the left side or upwards and tends to the child. Therefore, the space for accommodating young children will be stable.
尤其是,依據該實施例,幼兒背負裝置(1)包括用以使幼兒保持在直立位置的直立位置保持座(10)以及用以使幼兒保持在躺臥位置的躺臥位置保持座(50),並且直立位置保持座(10)與躺臥位置保持座(50)是可在其後側面彼此相接觸,使其結彼此相結合/分離。躺臥位置保持座(50)具有一第一緊固件(111a,112a,140a,141a,143a,143b,144a,146a,148a),且躺臥位置保持座(50)與直立位置保持座(10)其中之一具有一第二緊固件(71a,72a,11a,51a,51b,144b,147b)可拆卸地結合到該第一緊固件(111a,112a,140a,141a,143a,143b,144a,146a,148a)。第一緊固件(111a,112a,140a,141a,143a,143b,144a,146a,148a)與第二緊固件(71a,72a,11a,51a,51b,144b,147b)是被製成不會曝露在直立位置保持座(10)的後側面及躺臥 位置保持座(50)的前側面。 In particular, according to this embodiment, the child carrying device (1) comprises an upright position holder (10) for holding the child in an upright position and a lying position holder (50) for holding the child in the lying position. And the upright position holder (10) and the lying position holder (50) are in contact with each other on the rear side thereof, so that the knots are joined/separated from each other. The lying position holder (50) has a first fastener (111a, 112a, 140a, 141a, 143a, 143b, 144a, 146a, 148a), and the lying position holder (50) and the upright position holder (10) One of the second fasteners (71a, 72a, 11a, 51a, 51b, 144b, 147b) is detachably coupled to the first fasteners (111a, 112a, 140a, 141a, 143a, 143b, 144a, 146a, 148a). The first fasteners (111a, 112a, 140a, 141a, 143a, 143b, 144a, 146a, 148a) and the second fasteners (71a, 72a, 11a, 51a, 51b, 144b, 147b) are made without exposure The rear side of the holder (10) in an upright position and lying down The front side of the position holder (50).
依據本發明,由於用以使直立位置保持座(10)與躺臥位置保持座(50)彼此固定的第一緊固件(111a,112a,140a,141a,143a,143b,144a,146a,148a)與第二緊固件(71a,72a,11a,51a,51b,144b,147b)不會曝露在躺臥位置保持座(50)的前側面,因此可防止第一緊固件(111a,112a,140a,141a,143a,143b,144a,146a,148a)與第二緊固件(71a,72a,11a,51a,51b,144b,147b)碰觸到幼兒,藉此強化幼兒的舒適性。再者,由於第一緊固件(111a,112a,140a,141a,143a,143b,144a,146a,148a)與第二緊固件(71a,72a,11a,51a,51b,144b,147b)不會曝露在直立位置保持座(10),因此可防止第一緊固件(111a,112a,140a,141a,143a,143b,144a,146a,148a)與第二緊固件(71a,72a,11a,51a,51b,144b,147b)曝露在幼兒背負裝置(1)的前側面,並且改良幼兒背負裝置(1)的設計品質。 According to the present invention, the first fasteners (111a, 112a, 140a, 141a, 143a, 143b, 144a, 146a, 148a) for fixing the upright position holder (10) and the lying position holder (50) to each other are provided. The second fasteners (71a, 72a, 11a, 51a, 51b, 144b, 147b) are not exposed to the front side of the lying position holder (50), thereby preventing the first fasteners (111a, 112a, 140a, 141a, 143a, 143b, 144a, 146a, 148a) and the second fasteners (71a, 72a, 11a, 51a, 51b, 144b, 147b) are in contact with the child, thereby enhancing the comfort of the child. Furthermore, since the first fasteners (111a, 112a, 140a, 141a, 143a, 143b, 144a, 146a, 148a) and the second fasteners (71a, 72a, 11a, 51a, 51b, 144b, 147b) are not exposed Holding the seat (10) in an upright position, thereby preventing the first fasteners (111a, 112a, 140a, 141a, 143a, 143b, 144a, 146a, 148a) and the second fasteners (71a, 72a, 11a, 51a, 51b) , 144b, 147b) is exposed on the front side of the child carrying device (1) and improves the design quality of the child carrying device (1).
利用上述優點功效的其中之一特定結構包括第一緊固件(111a,112a,140a)被設在躺臥位置保持座(50)的後側面,以及第二緊固件(71a,72a)與用以覆蓋第二緊固件(71a,72a)的蓋體(cover)(71,72)被設在直立位置保持座(10)的後側面。 One of the specific structures utilizing the above-described advantageous effects includes a first fastener (111a, 112a, 140a) disposed on a rear side of the lying position holder (50), and a second fastener (71a, 72a) for A cover (71, 72) covering the second fasteners (71a, 72a) is provided on the rear side of the upright position holding seat (10).
由於第一緊固件(111a,112a,140a)與第二緊固件(71a,72a)被設在本發明的後側面,防止第一緊固件(111a,112a,140a)與第二緊固件(71a,72a)被曝露在幼兒背負裝置(1)的前側面,並且可強化幼兒背負裝置(1)的設計品質。再者,由於第一緊固件(111a,112a,140a)與第二緊固件(71a,72a)被蓋 體(71,72)所覆蓋,可防止幼兒碰觸第一緊固件(111a,112a,140a)與第二緊固件(71a,72a),藉此更強化幼兒的舒適性。 Since the first fasteners (111a, 112a, 140a) and the second fasteners (71a, 72a) are provided on the rear side of the present invention, the first fasteners (111a, 112a, 140a) and the second fasteners (71a) are prevented. , 72a) is exposed on the front side of the child carrying device (1) and can enhance the design quality of the child carrying device (1). Furthermore, since the first fasteners (111a, 112a, 140a) and the second fasteners (71a, 72a) are covered Covered by the body (71, 72), the child can be prevented from touching the first fasteners (111a, 112a, 140a) and the second fasteners (71a, 72a), thereby enhancing the comfort of the child.
更特殊的是,例如,躺臥位置保持座(50)是被提供有一第一突出片(111)突出至側邊,並且第一緊固件(111a)被設在第一突出片(111)的後側面,以及直立位置保持座(10)被提供有一第二突出片(71)從第一突出片(111)的位置之對應位置突出,並且第二緊固件(71a)是被設在第二突出片(71)的後側面位在第一緊固件的位置之對應位置,以及第二緊固件(71a)的後側面可被蓋體(72)所覆蓋,以此方式蓋體(71)可被關閉/打開。在此情形,當第一突出片(111)與第二突出片(71)重疊時,第一緊固件(111a)與第二緊固件(71a)可彼此相互固定。由於第一緊固件(111a)與第二緊固件(71a)是被設在背面,可防止第一緊固件(111a)與第二緊固件(71a)被曝露在幼兒背負裝置(1)的前側,藉此改良幼兒背負裝置(1)的設計品質。再者,由於第二緊固件(71a)是被蓋體(72)所覆蓋,以此方式蓋體單元(72)可被打開/關閉,防止幼兒碰觸到這些元件,藉此可更強化幼兒的舒適性。 More specifically, for example, the lying position holder (50) is provided with a first protruding piece (111) protruding to the side, and the first fastener (111a) is provided on the first protruding piece (111). The rear side, and the upright position holder (10) are provided with a second protruding piece (71) protruding from a corresponding position of the position of the first protruding piece (111), and the second fastener (71a) is provided at the second position The rear side of the protruding piece (71) is located at a corresponding position of the position of the first fastener, and the rear side of the second fastener (71a) can be covered by the cover body (72), in such a manner that the cover body (71) can be Is turned off/on. In this case, when the first protruding piece (111) overlaps with the second protruding piece (71), the first fastener (111a) and the second fastener (71a) may be fixed to each other. Since the first fastener (111a) and the second fastener (71a) are disposed on the back side, the first fastener (111a) and the second fastener (71a) are prevented from being exposed on the front side of the child carrying device (1). Thereby, the design quality of the infant carrying device (1) is improved. Furthermore, since the second fastener (71a) is covered by the cover (72), the cover unit (72) can be opened/closed in such a manner that the child is prevented from touching the components, thereby enhancing the child. Comfort.
或者,躺臥位置保持座(50)可被提供有第一緊固件(140a),其被設在躺臥位置保持座(50)的後側面,位在直立位置保持座(10)側邊的相對位置,以及直立位置保持座(10)可被提供有突出片(71)從第一緊固件(140a)的位置之相對位置突出,第二緊固件(71a)被設在突出片(71)的後側面,位在第一緊固件(140a)的位置之相對位置,並且第二 緊固件(71a)的後側面可被蓋體(72)所覆蓋,以此方式蓋體(72)可被關閉/打開。在此情形,當第一緊固件(140a)與突出片(71)重疊時,第一緊固件(140a)與第二緊固件(71a)可彼此相互固定。再者,由於第一緊固件(140a)與第二緊固件(71a)是被設在背面,可防止第一緊固件(140a)與第二緊固件(71a)被曝露在幼兒背負裝置(1)的前側,藉此改良幼兒背負裝置(1)的設計品質。再者,由於第二緊固件(71a)是被蓋體(72)所覆蓋,以此方式蓋體(72)可被打開/關閉,防止幼兒碰觸到第二緊固件(71a),藉此可更強化幼兒的舒適性。 Alternatively, the lying position holder (50) may be provided with a first fastener (140a) provided on the rear side of the lying position holder (50), located on the side of the upright position holding seat (10) The relative position, and the upright position holder (10) can be provided with the protruding piece (71) protruding from the relative position of the position of the first fastener (140a), and the second fastener (71a) is provided on the protruding piece (71) The rear side of the position of the first fastener (140a), and the second position The rear side of the fastener (71a) can be covered by the cover (72) in such a way that the cover (72) can be closed/opened. In this case, when the first fastener (140a) overlaps the protruding piece (71), the first fastener (140a) and the second fastener (71a) may be fixed to each other. Moreover, since the first fastener (140a) and the second fastener (71a) are disposed on the back side, the first fastener (140a) and the second fastener (71a) are prevented from being exposed to the child carrying device (1) The front side of the device improves the design quality of the infant carrying device (1). Furthermore, since the second fastener (71a) is covered by the cover (72), the cover (72) can be opened/closed in such a manner that the child touches the second fastener (71a), thereby preventing the child from touching the second fastener (71a). It can strengthen the comfort of young children.
利用上述優點功效的另一項特定結構可包括躺臥位置保持座(50)被提供有一延伸部(141,143,144,146,148)從躺臥位置保持座(50)的後側面向直立位置保持座(10)延伸,以及第一緊固件(141a,143a,143b,144a,146a,148a)被提供在延伸部(141,143,144,146,148)。至少一部分的直立位置保持座(10)可被延伸部(141,143,144,146,148)所覆蓋,以使得第一緊固件(141a,143a,143b,144a,146a,148a)與第二緊固件(11a,51a,51b,144b,147b)彼此相互固定。 Another particular configuration utilizing the above-described advantageous effects may include the lying position retaining seat (50) being provided with an extension (141, 143, 144, 146, 148) extending from the rear side of the lying position retaining seat (50) to the upright position retaining seat (10), And first fasteners (141a, 143a, 143b, 144a, 146a, 148a) are provided at the extensions (141, 143, 144, 146, 148). At least a portion of the upright position retaining seat (10) can be covered by the extensions (141, 143, 144, 146, 148) such that the first fasteners (141a, 143a, 143b, 144a, 146a, 148a) and the second fasteners (11a, 51a, 51b) , 144b, 147b) are fixed to each other.
依據本發明,當直立位置保持座(10)被延伸部(141,143,144,146,148)覆蓋時,直立位置保持座(10)被夾在延伸部(141,143,144,146,148)中間,因此躺臥位置保持座(50)暫時地固定到直立位置保持座(10),藉此可更容易地實施躺臥位置保持座(50)的結合操作。 According to the present invention, when the upright position holding seat (10) is covered by the extending portion (141, 143, 144, 146, 148), the upright position holding seat (10) is sandwiched between the extending portions (141, 143, 144, 146, 148), so that the lying position holding seat (50) is temporarily fixed The holder (10) is held in an upright position, whereby the joining operation of the lying position holder (50) can be more easily performed.
這種結構更特殊的是,例如,躺臥位置保持座(50)的 延伸部(141)可被形成作為固定翼(141),其實質覆蓋直立位置保持座(10)的頂部,第一緊固件(141a)可被設在固定翼(141)的前側面,以及第二緊固件(11a)可被提供在直立位置保持座(10)的前側面,位在第一緊固件(141a)之相對位置。在此情形,當直立位置保持座(10)的頂部實質是被固定翼(141)所覆蓋,躺臥位置保持座(50)可暫時地固定到直立位置保持座(10)。再者,由於第一緊固件(141a)與第二緊固件(11a)是被固定翼(141)所覆蓋,第一緊固件(141a)與第二緊固件(11a)可被製成不會在前側與後側曝露,藉此可強化幼兒的舒適性與幼兒背負裝置(1)的設計品質。 This structure is more special, for example, in the lying position holding seat (50) The extension portion (141) may be formed as a fixed wing (141) substantially covering the top of the upright position holding seat (10), and the first fastener (141a) may be disposed on the front side of the fixed wing (141), and Two fasteners (11a) can be provided on the front side of the upright position retaining seat (10) in the opposite position of the first fastener (141a). In this case, when the top of the upright position holding seat (10) is substantially covered by the fixed wing (141), the lying position holding seat (50) can be temporarily fixed to the upright position holding seat (10). Moreover, since the first fastener (141a) and the second fastener (11a) are covered by the fixed wing (141), the first fastener (141a) and the second fastener (11a) can be made not The front side and the rear side are exposed, thereby enhancing the comfort of the child and the design quality of the child carrying device (1).
或者,躺臥位置保持座(50)的延伸部(143)被形成作為固定翼(143),其實質是從直立位置保持座(10)的頂部覆蓋到中央之一部分並其突出到直立位置保持座(10)的側邊,第一緊固件(143a,143b)可被提供在固定翼(143)的前側面,位在直立位置保持座(10)的側邊之相對位置,以及第二緊固件(51a,51b)可被提供在躺臥位置保持座(50)的後側面,位在第一緊固件(143a,143b)的相對位置。在此情形,當固定翼實質覆蓋從直立位置保持座(10)的頂部到中央之部分,躺臥位置保持座(50)可暫時地固定到直立位置保持座(10)。再者,由於第一緊固件(143a,143b)與第二緊固件(51a,51b)是被固定翼(143)所覆蓋,第一緊固件(143a,143b)與第二緊固件(51a,51b)可被製成不會在前側與後側曝露,藉此可強化幼兒的舒適性與幼兒背負裝置(1) 的設計品質。 Alternatively, the extension (143) of the lying position retaining seat (50) is formed as a fixed wing (143) which substantially covers one of the central portions from the top of the upright position retaining seat (10) and protrudes to the upright position to remain The side fasteners of the seat (10), the first fasteners (143a, 143b) can be provided on the front side of the fixed wing (143), in the opposite position of the side of the upright position holding seat (10), and the second tight The firmware (51a, 51b) can be provided on the rear side of the lying position holder (50) in a relative position to the first fasteners (143a, 143b). In this case, when the fixed wing substantially covers the portion from the top to the center of the upright position holding seat (10), the lying position holding seat (50) can be temporarily fixed to the upright position holding seat (10). Furthermore, since the first fasteners (143a, 143b) and the second fasteners (51a, 51b) are covered by the fixed wings (143), the first fasteners (143a, 143b) and the second fasteners (51a, 51b) can be made not to be exposed on the front side and the back side, thereby enhancing the comfort of the child and the child carrying device (1) Design quality.
又或者,躺臥位置保持座(50)的延伸部可被形成為一翼(144),提供在躺臥位置保持座(50)的頂部;第一緊固件(144a)及第二緊固件(144b)可被提供在翼(144)之後側面上,並且可供可分離式地插入翼(144)之翼環(145)可被提供在直立位置保持座(10)之頂部。當翼(144)被插入翼環(145)且被折疊時,第一緊固件(144a)及第二緊固件(144b)可被配置在彼此相對應之處。在此情況中,當翼(144)被插入翼環(145)中時,躺臥位置保持座(50)可被暫時地固定至直立位置保持座(10)。此外,因為當翼(144)被折疊時,第一緊固件(144a)及第二緊固件(144b)被配置在彼此相對應之處,因此第一緊固件(144a)及第二緊固件(144b)可被配置在翼(144)內,以使第一緊固件(144a)及第二緊固件(144b)可被製成不會在前側與後側曝露,藉此可強化幼兒的舒適性與幼兒背負裝置(1)的設計品質。 Alternatively, the extension of the lying position retaining seat (50) can be formed as a wing (144) provided at the top of the lying position retaining seat (50); the first fastener (144a) and the second fastener (144b) A wing ring (145) that can be provided on the rear side of the wing (144) and that can be detachably inserted into the wing (144) can be provided on top of the upright position retaining seat (10). When the wing (144) is inserted into the wing ring (145) and folded, the first fastener (144a) and the second fastener (144b) can be disposed in correspondence with each other. In this case, when the wing (144) is inserted into the wing ring (145), the lying position retaining seat (50) can be temporarily fixed to the upright position holding seat (10). Further, since the first fastener (144a) and the second fastener (144b) are disposed at positions corresponding to each other when the wing (144) is folded, the first fastener (144a) and the second fastener ( 144b) can be disposed within the wing (144) such that the first fastener (144a) and the second fastener (144b) can be made to not be exposed on the front side and the back side, thereby enhancing the comfort of the child Design quality with the child carrying device (1).
又或者,躺臥位置保持座(50)的延伸部(146)可被形成為一對固定帶,其延伸自躺臥位置保持座(50)之右側及左側,並覆蓋直立位置保持座(10)的前側面之一部分。同時,第一緊固件(146a)被提供在各個固定帶(146)的後側面,並且第二緊固件(147b)可分別被提供在直立位置保持座(10)的前側面,位在第一緊固件(146a)的相對位置,並且覆蓋第二緊固件(147b)的蓋體(147)可被提供。在此情況中,當該對固定帶(146)覆蓋直立位置保持座(10)的前側面之一部分,躺臥位置保持座(50)可被暫時地固定至直立位 置保持座(10)。此外,因為第一緊固件(146a)及第二緊固件(147b)是被蓋體(147)所覆蓋,第一緊固件(146a)及第二緊固件(147b)可被製成不會在前側與後側曝露,藉此可強化幼兒的舒適性與幼兒背負裝置(1)的設計品質。 Alternatively, the extension portion (146) of the lying position retaining seat (50) may be formed as a pair of fixing straps extending from the right side and the left side of the lying position holding seat (50) and covering the upright position holding seat (10) One part of the front side. At the same time, first fasteners (146a) are provided on the rear side of each of the fixing straps (146), and second fasteners (147b) are respectively provided on the front side of the upright position holding seat (10), in the first position The relative position of the fasteners (146a) and the cover (147) covering the second fastener (147b) can be provided. In this case, when the pair of fixing straps (146) cover a portion of the front side of the upright position holding seat (10), the lying position holding seat (50) can be temporarily fixed to the upright position. Hold the holder (10). In addition, since the first fastener (146a) and the second fastener (147b) are covered by the cover (147), the first fastener (146a) and the second fastener (147b) can be made not to be The front side and the back side are exposed, thereby enhancing the comfort of the child and the design quality of the child carrying device (1).
又或者,躺臥位置保持座(50)的延伸部(148)可被形成為翼(148),配置在躺臥位置保持座(50)的後側面上,第一緊固件(148a)可被提供在翼(148)的前側面上,並且第二緊固件(51a)可被配置在躺臥位置保持座(50)的後側面,位在第一緊固件(148a)之相對位置處,並且可供可分離式地插入翼(148)之翼環(149,150a)可被提供在直立位置保持座(10)的後側面上。當翼(148)被插入翼環(149,150a)中時,第一緊固件(148a)及第二緊固件(51a)可被配置在相對應的位置處。在此情況中,當翼(148)被插入翼環((149,150a)中時,躺臥位置保持座(50)可被暫時地固定至直立位置保持座(10)。此外,因為第一緊固件(148a)及第二緊固件(51a)是被翼(148)所覆蓋,第一緊固件(148a)及第二緊固件(51a)可被製成不會在前側與後側曝露,藉此可強化幼兒的舒適性與幼兒背負裝置(1)的設計品質。 Alternatively, the extension (148) of the lying position holder (50) may be formed as a wing (148) disposed on the rear side of the lying position holder (50), and the first fastener (148a) may be Provided on the front side of the wing (148), and the second fastener (51a) can be disposed at the rear side of the lying position retaining seat (50), at a relative position of the first fastener (148a), and A wing ring (149, 150a) for detachably inserting the wing (148) can be provided on the rear side of the upright position retaining seat (10). When the wing (148) is inserted into the wing ring (149, 150a), the first fastener (148a) and the second fastener (51a) can be disposed at corresponding positions. In this case, when the wing (148) is inserted into the wing ring ((149, 150a), the lying position holder (50) can be temporarily fixed to the upright position holding seat (10). The firmware (148a) and the second fastener (51a) are covered by the wings (148), and the first fastener (148a) and the second fastener (51a) can be made not exposed on the front side and the back side, This enhances the comfort of the child and the design quality of the child's carrying device (1).
此外,除了上述結構或其替代結構外,本發明的幼兒背負裝置亦被設計為具有表面緊固件(113),其是以可分離之方式彼此結合在直立位置保持座的後側面及躺臥位置保持座的後側面上。在此情況中,躺臥位置保持座(50)可藉由使用表面緊固件(113)而被固定至直立位置保持座(10)。特別是因為表面緊固件(113)被提供在直立位置保持座(10) 及躺臥位置保持座(50)的後側面上,因此當躺臥位置保持座(50)被結合至直立位置保持座(10)時,表面緊固件(113)可被製成不會在前側與後側曝露,藉此可強化幼兒的舒適性與幼兒背負裝置(1)的設計品質。 Furthermore, in addition to the above-described structure or its alternative structure, the child carrying device of the present invention is also designed to have surface fasteners (113) that are detachably coupled to each other in the rear side and lying position of the upright position holder. Hold the back side of the seat. In this case, the lying position holder (50) can be fixed to the upright position holder (10) by using the surface fastener (113). Especially since the surface fastener (113) is provided in the upright position holder (10) And the reclining position on the rear side of the holder (50), so that when the lying position holder (50) is coupled to the upright position holder (10), the surface fastener (113) can be made not to be on the front side The rear side is exposed to enhance the comfort of the child and the design quality of the child carrying device (1).
此外,除了上述結構或其替代結構外,本發明的幼兒背負裝置可包含直立位置保持座(10)用以保持幼兒在一直立位置,以及躺臥位置保持座(50)用以保持幼兒在一躺臥位置;並且躺臥位置保持座(50)是被製成可結合/可分離至直立位置保持座(10)。直立位置保持座(10)具有複數帶體(15,16),並且躺臥位置保持座(50)具有一帶體結合裝置(54),其突伸至帶體(15,16)並被用以結合複數帶體(15,16)。 Further, in addition to the above structure or its alternative structure, the child carrying device of the present invention may include an upright position holder (10) for holding the child in an upright position, and a lying position holding seat (50) for holding the child in a The lying position; and the lying position holder (50) is made to be detachable/detachable to the upright position holder (10). The upright position holder (10) has a plurality of belts (15, 16), and the lying position holder (50) has a belt coupling device (54) that protrudes into the belt body (15, 16) and is used Combine multiple bands (15, 16).
根據本發明,因為複數帶體(15,16)可被帶體結合裝置(54)所結合,因此可防止複數帶體或其剩餘部分被使用者、幼兒或其相類者所抓取,並且同時可使幼兒背負裝置(1)的外觀整齊,而能強化幼兒背負裝置(1)的設計品質。此外,當帶體(15,16)被維持在帶體結合裝置(54)時,可使帶體(15,16)從躺臥位置保持座(50)以預定角度升起。因此,可防止帶體(15,16)被拉至右邊、左邊或向上,而朝幼兒方向傾斜,藉此可確保容納幼兒的空間。 According to the present invention, since the plurality of belts (15, 16) can be combined by the belt combining device (54), it is possible to prevent the plurality of belts or the remainder thereof from being grasped by the user, the child or the like, and At the same time, the appearance of the child carrying device (1) can be neat, and the design quality of the child carrying device (1) can be enhanced. Further, when the belt body (15, 16) is maintained at the belt body bonding device (54), the belt body (15, 16) can be raised from the lying position holding seat (50) at a predetermined angle. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the belt body (15, 16) from being pulled to the right, left or upward, and inclined toward the child, thereby securing a space for accommodating the child.
為了更特定地指出結構,直立位置保持座(10)可被供為具有側帶(15),其從直立位置保持座(10)靠近下緣處延伸至使用者的側邊;以及腿部支持帶(16),其延伸過幼兒的腿部。帶體結合裝置(54)可從躺臥位置保持座(50)朝向 靠近下緣處延伸,而將側帶(15)及腿部支持帶(16)結合在靠近下緣之位置處。在此情況中,因為側帶(15)及腿部支持帶(16)可被帶體結合裝置(54)所結合,因此可防止側帶(15)、腿部支持帶(16)及其剩餘部分被使用者、幼兒或其相類者所抓取,並且可使幼兒背負裝置(1)的外觀整齊,而能強化幼兒背負裝置(1)的設計品質。 To more specifically indicate the structure, the upright position retaining seat (10) can be provided with a side strap (15) that extends from the upright position retaining seat (10) near the lower edge to the side of the user; and leg support Belt (16) that extends over the leg of the toddler. The belt coupling device (54) can be oriented from the lying position retaining seat (50) Extending near the lower edge, the side strap (15) and the leg support strap (16) are joined at a position near the lower edge. In this case, since the side belt (15) and the leg support belt (16) can be combined by the belt coupling device (54), the side belt (15), the leg support belt (16) and the rest thereof can be prevented. The part is grasped by the user, the child or the like, and the appearance of the child carrying device (1) can be neat, and the design quality of the child carrying device (1) can be enhanced.
再者,當帶體結合裝置(54)維持腿部支持帶(16)時,可使腿部支持帶(16)以一預定角度從躺臥位置保持座(50)的下緣上升至前側。因此,可防止腿部支持帶(16)被拉至右邊、左邊或向上,而朝幼兒方向傾斜,藉此可確保容納幼兒的空間。 Further, when the strap coupling device (54) maintains the leg support strap (16), the leg support strap (16) can be raised from the lower edge of the lying position holding seat (50) to the front side at a predetermined angle. Therefore, the leg support belt (16) can be prevented from being pulled to the right, left or upward, and inclined toward the child, thereby securing a space for accommodating the child.
此外,在先前技術的幼兒背負裝置中,當頭部支持蓋僅被配置在頭部支持帶及緊固件的幼兒側時,並且頭部支持裝置被向前折疊時,頭部支持帶及緊固件與頭部支持蓋之位置關係即相反,而可能顯露出頭部支持帶及緊固件至幼兒側。再者,當頭部支持帶及緊固件被管狀的頭部支持蓋所覆蓋時,雖然可防止頭部支持帶及緊固件曝露至幼兒側,但使用者必需將管狀的頭部支持蓋拉高至靠近緊固件之位置以操作該緊固件。因此,緊固件之操作顯得煩瑣,並且在操作緊固件後,使用者可能忘了拉回頭部支持蓋至其原來的位置。因此,存在著頭部支持帶或緊固件被曝露至幼兒側或前側之機率,而降低幼兒背負裝置的設計品質。 Further, in the prior art child carrying device, when the head support cover is disposed only on the head side of the head support band and the fastener, and the head support device is folded forward, the head support band and the fastener are The positional relationship of the head support cover is reversed, and the head support band and fasteners may be exposed to the child's side. Furthermore, when the head support strap and the fastener are covered by the tubular head support cover, the head support strap and the fastener are prevented from being exposed to the infant side, but the user must lift the tubular head support cover to The fastener is operated near the location of the fastener. Therefore, the operation of the fastener is cumbersome, and after operating the fastener, the user may forget to pull back the head support cover to its original position. Therefore, there is a possibility that the head support belt or the fastener is exposed to the child side or the front side, and the design quality of the child carrying device is lowered.
此外,在先前技術的幼兒背負裝置中,頭部支持蓋被 形成為其長度與頭部支持裝置之平均長度相符合。當頭部支持裝置之長度經由梯扣(ladder lock)或相類者被調整,並調整至其最大長度時,頭部支持蓋的長度即不足以覆蓋頭部支持裝置。如此,頭部支持帶或緊固件有時將刺出頭部支持蓋外。相反地,當頭部支持裝置的長度被調整至最小時,緊固件將被深埋在頭部支持蓋內。如此,即存在著使用者無法以手接觸緊固件而加以操作之機率,或者頭部支持帶的長的剩餘部分刺出頭部支持蓋,而曝露至幼兒側。 Furthermore, in the prior art infant carrying device, the head support cover is It is formed to have a length that matches the average length of the head support device. When the length of the head support device is adjusted via a ladder lock or the like and adjusted to its maximum length, the length of the head support cover is insufficient to cover the head support device. As such, the head support strap or fastener will sometimes puncture the outside of the head support cover. Conversely, when the length of the head restraint is adjusted to a minimum, the fastener will be buried deep within the head support cover. Thus, there is a chance that the user cannot operate by touching the fastener with the hand, or the long remaining portion of the head support band pierces the head support cover and is exposed to the child's side.
根據本發明之實施例,連接器的前側面及後側面都可被覆蓋而不被曝露。因此,無論頭部支持裝置之折疊狀態如何,皆可防止連接器被曝露至幼兒側(後側),並且可防止連接器碰觸幼兒,藉此可進一步強化幼兒的舒適感。同時,因為可防止連接器曝露在前側,而可增進幼兒背負裝置的設計品質。再者,因為連接器的剩餘部分可儲存在儲存裝置,可防止剩餘部分曝露至幼兒側(後側),並且可防止剩餘部分碰觸幼兒,藉此可進一步強化幼兒的舒適感。同時,因為可防止剩餘部分曝露在前側,而可增進幼兒背負裝置的設計品質。 According to an embodiment of the invention, both the front side and the back side of the connector can be covered without being exposed. Therefore, regardless of the folded state of the head support device, the connector can be prevented from being exposed to the child side (rear side), and the connector can be prevented from touching the child, thereby further enhancing the comfort of the child. At the same time, because the connector can be prevented from being exposed on the front side, the design quality of the child carrying device can be improved. Furthermore, since the remaining portion of the connector can be stored in the storage device, the remaining portion can be prevented from being exposed to the child's side (rear side), and the remaining portion can be prevented from touching the child, thereby further enhancing the comfort of the child. At the same time, the design quality of the child carrying device can be improved because the remaining portion can be prevented from being exposed on the front side.
特別地,根據實施例之幼兒背負裝置(1)包含:座主體(11),用以支持幼兒的軀體部分;頭部支持裝置(12)被提供在座主體(11)之端部,用以支持幼兒的頭部;肩帶(13),用以懸吊方式支持座主體(11);以及連接器(20),用以連接頭部支持裝置(12)至座主體(11或肩帶(13),並且提供有前側蓋體(71)以實質上地覆蓋連接器(20)的前側 面,及後側蓋體(72)以實質上地覆蓋連接器(20)的後側面。根據本發明,因為連接器(20)的前側面及後側面皆可被覆蓋而不被曝露,因此無論頭部支持裝置(12)之折疊狀態如何,皆可防止連接器(20)被曝露至幼兒側(後側),並且可防止連接器(20)碰觸幼兒,藉此可進一步強化幼兒的舒適感。同時,因為可防止連接器(20)曝露在前側,而可增進幼兒背負裝置的設計品質。 In particular, the infant carrying device (1) according to the embodiment comprises: a seat body (11) for supporting a body part of the child; a head support device (12) is provided at the end of the seat body (11) for supporting a child's head; a shoulder strap (13) for suspending the support body (11); and a connector (20) for connecting the head support device (12) to the seat body (11 or shoulder strap (13) And provided with a front side cover (71) to substantially cover the front side of the connector (20) The face and the rear side cover (72) substantially cover the rear side of the connector (20). According to the present invention, since both the front side and the rear side of the connector (20) can be covered without being exposed, the connector (20) can be prevented from being exposed regardless of the folded state of the head supporting device (12). The infant side (rear side) prevents the connector (20) from touching the child, thereby further enhancing the comfort of the child. At the same time, since the connector (20) can be prevented from being exposed on the front side, the design quality of the child carrying device can be improved.
任何結構皆可被應用作為蓋體結構之一特定結構。舉例而言,前側蓋體(71)及後側蓋體(72)可被形成為一實質上平板狀的形狀。前側蓋體(71)的上部及後側蓋體(72的上部可彼此固定。前側蓋體(71)的下部及後側蓋體(72)可被形成彼此可打開/可關閉。此外,連接前側蓋體(71)的下部及後側蓋體(72的下部的蓋體連接器(71a,72a)可被提供。 Any structure can be applied as a specific structure of the cover structure. For example, the front side cover (71) and the rear side cover (72) may be formed in a substantially flat shape. The upper portion of the front side cover (71) and the upper side of the rear side cover (72 may be fixed to each other. The lower and rear side covers (72) of the front side cover (71) may be formed to be openable/closable with each other. Further, the connection The lower portion of the front side cover (71) and the cover connector (71a, 72a) of the lower side of the rear side cover (72) may be provided.
在這樣的蓋體結構中,前側蓋體(71)及後側蓋體(72)彼此被固定在上部,並且其下部則保持可打開/可關閉。因此,當使用者在操作連接器(20)後將手離開前側蓋體(71)及後側蓋體(72)時,前側蓋體(71)及後側蓋體(72)因本身重量而下垂,而覆蓋連接器(20)。因此,即使使用者忘了緊固蓋體連接器(71a,72a),連接器(20)也不會曝露至幼兒側(後側)。此外,因為下部可被蓋體連接器(71a,72a)所連接,因此前側蓋體(71)及後側蓋體(72)可更穩固地使彼此固定在一起,藉此可更確保連接器(20)不會曝露至幼兒側(後側)。 In such a cover structure, the front side cover (71) and the rear side cover (72) are fixed to each other at the upper portion, and the lower portion thereof is kept openable/closable. Therefore, when the user leaves the front side cover (71) and the rear side cover (72) after operating the connector (20), the front side cover (71) and the rear side cover (72) are due to their own weight. Drooping while covering the connector (20). Therefore, even if the user forgets to fasten the cover connector (71a, 72a), the connector (20) is not exposed to the child's side (rear side). Further, since the lower portion can be connected by the cover connector (71a, 72a), the front side cover (71) and the rear side cover (72) can be more firmly fixed to each other, whereby the connector can be more securely secured (20) It will not be exposed to the infant side (back side).
再者,這種蓋體結構中,較佳者,蓋體連接器(71a,72a)被提供在前側蓋體(71)與後側蓋體(72)的每個相對表面。因此,蓋體連接器(71a,72a)其本身是被前側蓋體(71)及後側蓋體(72)所覆蓋,藉此防止該蓋體連接器(71a,72a)曝露至幼兒側(後側)。對於此點,亦可更強化幼兒的舒適性,且增進幼兒背負裝置的設計品質。 Further, in such a cover structure, preferably, the cover connectors (71a, 72a) are provided on each of the opposing surfaces of the front side cover (71) and the rear side cover (72). Therefore, the cover connector (71a, 72a) itself is covered by the front side cover (71) and the rear side cover (72), thereby preventing the cover connector (71a, 72a) from being exposed to the child side ( Back side). For this, the comfort of the child can be further enhanced, and the design quality of the child's carrying device can be improved.
在此,較佳者是提供用以調整連接器(20)長度的長度調整器(22),並且連接器(20)的長度在沿著連接器(20)的前側蓋體(71)與後側蓋體(72)藉由調整長度調整器(22)使其等於或大於連接器(20)的最大長度。在有提供長度調整器(22)時,就可調整頭部支持裝置(12)與座主體(11)之間的距離,或可調整頭部支持裝置(12)與肩帶(13)之間的距離,藉此依據幼兒的年紀可適當地調整容納幼兒的空間。縱使連接器(20)的長度被調整到長度調整器(22)的最大長度,仍可穩固地防止連接器(20)被曝露至幼兒側(後側)或前側,因為前側蓋體(71)與後側蓋體(72)被形成的比該最大長度還要長。 Here, a length adjuster (22) for adjusting the length of the connector (20) is preferably provided, and the length of the connector (20) is along the front side cover (71) and rear of the connector (20). The side cover (72) is adjusted to be equal to or greater than the maximum length of the connector (20) by adjusting the length adjuster (22). When the length adjuster (22) is provided, the distance between the head support device (12) and the seat body (11) can be adjusted, or the head support device (12) and the shoulder strap (13) can be adjusted. The distance between the children can be appropriately adjusted according to the age of the child. Even if the length of the connector (20) is adjusted to the maximum length of the length adjuster (22), the connector (20) can be stably prevented from being exposed to the child side (rear side) or the front side because the front side cover (71) The rear side cover (72) is formed longer than the maximum length.
再者,依據本發明之幼兒背負裝置(1)包括一用以托住幼兒軀體部分的座主體(11),位在座主體(11)之端部用以支持幼兒的頭部支持裝置(12),以懸吊方式支撐座主體(11)的肩帶(13),以及用以將頭部支持裝置(12)連接到座主體(11)或肩帶(13)的連接器(20),並且被提供有以可移動的方式將連接器(20)的剩餘部份存放到頭部支持裝置(12)、座主體(11)或肩帶(13)的儲存裝置(12a)。依據本發 明,由於連接器(20)的剩餘部份可被存放在儲存裝置(12a),故可防止該剩餘部份被曝露至幼兒側(後側),並可防止碰觸到幼兒,藉此更強化幼兒的舒適性。同時,由於可防止該剩餘部份被曝露至前側,故增進幼兒背負裝置的設計品質。 Furthermore, the child carrying device (1) according to the present invention comprises a seat body (11) for supporting the body part of the child, and is located at the end of the seat body (11) for supporting the child's head support device (12) a shoulder strap (13) supporting the seat body (11) in a suspended manner, and a connector (20) for connecting the head support device (12) to the seat body (11) or the shoulder strap (13), and A storage device (12a) is provided that movably stores the remainder of the connector (20) to the head support (12), the seat body (11) or the shoulder strap (13). According to this issue Therefore, since the remaining portion of the connector (20) can be stored in the storage device (12a), the remaining portion can be prevented from being exposed to the child's side (rear side), and the child can be prevented from being touched. Strengthen the comfort of young children. At the same time, since the remaining portion can be prevented from being exposed to the front side, the design quality of the child carrying device is improved.
任何結構都可被用以作為儲存裝置(12a)的一特定結構。例如,儲存裝置(12a)可被提供在頭部支持裝置(12)的端部,位在座主體(11)側或肩帶(13)側。在這種情形,縱使當連接器(20)是從頭部支持裝置(12)被延伸到座主體(11)或到肩帶(13),並且連接器(20)的剩餘埠份被摺回頭部支持裝置(12),沿著被折疊的剩餘部份的縱向,該剩餘部份可被直接插入位在頭部支持裝置(12)端部的儲存裝置(12a),藉此可該剩餘部份可被平整地存放。 Any structure can be used as a specific structure of the storage device (12a). For example, the storage device (12a) can be provided at the end of the head support device (12) on the side of the seat body (11) or on the side of the shoulder strap (13). In this case, even when the connector (20) is extended from the head support device (12) to the seat body (11) or to the shoulder strap (13), and the remaining portion of the connector (20) is folded back to the head The support device (12), along the longitudinal direction of the remaining portion of the fold, the remaining portion can be directly inserted into the storage device (12a) at the end of the head support device (12), whereby the remaining portion Can be stored flat.
再者,較佳者,幼兒背負裝置具有前側蓋體(71)覆蓋連接器(20)的前側面,以及後側蓋體(72)覆蓋連接器(20)的後側面,並且儲存裝置(12a)被形成作為一空間(75)聯繫到前側蓋體(71)與後側蓋體(72)之間所形成的空間(74)。在此情形,連接器(20)是被覆蓋在空間(74)內,且剩餘部份是被與空間(74)相連的空間(75)所覆蓋。因此,一連續的存放空間結構可被形成,其範圍從連接器(20)覆蓋到剩餘部份,藉此使連接器(20)到剩餘部份的整個長度實質是可完全地未被曝露。 Furthermore, preferably, the child carrying device has a front side cover (71) covering the front side of the connector (20), and a rear side cover (72) covering the rear side of the connector (20), and the storage device (12a) ) is formed as a space (75) associated with the space (74) formed between the front side cover (71) and the rear side cover (72). In this case, the connector (20) is covered in the space (74) and the remaining portion is covered by the space (75) connected to the space (74). Thus, a continuous storage space structure can be formed covering the remainder from the connector (20) whereby the entire length of the connector (20) to the remainder is substantially completely unexposed.
在傳統的覆蓋結構中,要使用連接帶時,勾子或緊固件的表面必須從固定解開,以打開釦子蓋體。此外,操作 釦子蓋體之後,還必須關上該釦子蓋體,而且還必須結合緊固件使其固定。因此,在傳統上,連接帶的結合必須實施多個步驟操作,而且連接帶的結合操作是麻煩的。此外,在操作釦子作業之後,使用者可能會忘記關上釦子蓋體。此外,使用者可能會在結合連接帶時扭絞帶狀的連接帶,並且使用者固定釦子之後沒注意到連接帶是扭絞的,而反向使用連接帶。 In a conventional covering structure, when a connecting strip is to be used, the surface of the hook or fastener must be unfastened to open the button cover. In addition, operation After the button cover is attached, the button cover must also be closed and must be secured by a fastener. Therefore, conventionally, the combination of the connecting belts has to perform a plurality of step operations, and the joining operation of the connecting belts is troublesome. In addition, the user may forget to close the button cover after operating the button. In addition, the user may twist the strap-like strap when the strap is attached, and the user does not notice that the strap is twisted after the button is fastened, and the strap is used in reverse.
傳統上,側扣被用來座位釦子。因此,當幼兒被拖放在直立位置保持座時,幼兒可能會將手伸到釦子側,並將釦子解開。再者,由於連接帶僅在直立位置保持時使用,未使用的連接帶可能會掛在幼兒的前面,或在躺臥位置保持時掛在幼兒側邊。因此,該連接帶造成使用者在像是結合躺臥位置保持座的操作困難,或者連接帶可能會碰觸到幼兒。 Traditionally, side buckles have been used for seat buttons. Therefore, when the child is dragged and placed in the upright position, the child may reach out to the button side and unfasten the button. Furthermore, since the strap is only used in an upright position, the unused strap may hang in front of the toddler or hang on the side of the toddler while in the lying position. Therefore, the connecting belt causes the user to have difficulty in maintaining the seat like the lying position, or the connecting belt may touch the child.
換言之,在實施例中,蓋體在靠近結合/分離裝置之處可被固定到連接帶。因此,在端部可增加蓋體的互斥力(repulsive force),並且蓋體自然地返回到原始位置,當使用者的手離開該蓋體,依據其本身的互斥力以覆蓋結合/分離裝置。因此,可防止結合/分離裝置的曝露,而無須任何特殊的操作即可使蓋體回復到期原始位置,藉此更強化幼兒的安全,並且可更強化使用者的便利性。再者,在躺臥位置保持時,由於未使用的連接帶或結合/分離裝置可被存放在儲存位置,所以連接帶或結合/分離裝置不會掛在幼兒或在幼兒側。因此,可防止連接帶或結合/分離裝 置造成使用者操作困難,像是躺臥位置保持座的結合操作,而且亦可防止連接帶被幼兒碰觸到。 In other words, in an embodiment, the cover can be secured to the attachment strip adjacent to the joining/separating device. Therefore, the repulsive force of the cover can be increased at the end, and the cover naturally returns to the original position, and when the user's hand leaves the cover, it covers the bonding/separating device according to its own mutual repulsion. Therefore, the exposure of the joining/separating device can be prevented without returning the original position to the original position without any special operation, thereby further enhancing the safety of the child and enhancing the convenience of the user. Further, when held in the lying position, since the unused connecting tape or the joining/separating device can be stored in the storage position, the connecting tape or the joining/separating device does not hang on the young child or on the child's side. Therefore, it is possible to prevent the connecting tape or the bonding/separating device It is difficult to operate the user, such as the combined operation of the lying position holder, and also prevents the connecting belt from being touched by the child.
尤其是,依據實施例的幼兒背負裝置(1)包括覆蓋幼兒軀幹部份的座主體(11)、連到座主體(11)的一對肩帶(813)、使肩帶(13)彼此相連的連接帶(14)、及以可拆卸方式將連接帶(14)連到肩帶(13)的結合/分離裝置(26,27),並且更被提供有一似管狀的蓋體(80),該蓋體(80)圍繞著連接帶(14)並從連接帶(14)延伸到結合/分離裝置(26,27)以圍繞結合/分離裝置(26,27)之至少一部分,以及該蓋體(80)在靠近結合/分離裝置(26,27)之處被固定到連接帶(14)。依據本發明,由於蓋體(80)是在靠近結合/分離裝置(26,27)之處被固定到連接帶(14),當使用者將手離開蓋體(80),依據蓋體本身的互斥力,該蓋體自然地回復到期原始狀態以覆蓋結合/分離裝置(26,27)。因此,可防止結合/分離裝置(26,27)的曝露,而無須任何特殊的操作使蓋體回復到期原始狀態,藉此更強化幼兒的安全及使用者的便利性。 In particular, the child carrying device (1) according to the embodiment includes a seat body (11) covering the trunk portion of the child, a pair of shoulder straps (813) connected to the seat body (11), and the shoulder straps (13) connected to each other. a connecting belt (14), and a joining/separating device (26, 27) for detachably connecting the connecting belt (14) to the shoulder belt (13), and further provided with a tubular-like cover (80), The cover (80) surrounds the attachment strap (14) and extends from the attachment strap (14) to the attachment/detachment device (26, 27) to surround at least a portion of the attachment/detachment device (26, 27), and the cover (80) is fixed to the connecting belt (14) near the joining/separating device (26, 27). According to the present invention, since the cover (80) is fixed to the connecting belt (14) near the joining/separating device (26, 27), when the user leaves the hand away from the cover (80), according to the cover itself With mutual repulsion, the cover naturally returns to its original state of expiration to cover the bonding/separating device (26, 27). Therefore, the exposure of the joining/separating device (26, 27) can be prevented without any special operation for returning the lid to the original state, thereby further enhancing the safety of the child and the convenience of the user.
在上述的結構中,較佳者,結合/分離裝置(26,27)包括一連到連接帶(14)的第一結合/分離單元(26)及一連到肩帶(13)的第二結合/分離單元(27),其以可拆卸的方式與第一結合/分離單元(26)相扣合,並且用以操作結合/分離裝置(26,27)的操作單元(26a)被配置在該第一結合/分離單元(26),且蓋體(80)至少覆蓋該第一結合/分離單元(26)。在此情形,由於具有操作單元(26a)的第一結合/分 離單元(26)是被蓋體(80)所覆蓋,不會曝露操作單元(26a),藉此幼兒就不會玩弄操作單元(26a)。 In the above structure, preferably, the joining/separating means (26, 27) comprises a first joining/separating unit (26) connected to the connecting belt (14) and a second joint connected to the shoulder belt (13)/ a separating unit (27) detachably engaged with the first joining/separating unit (26), and an operating unit (26a) for operating the joining/separating device (26, 27) is disposed at the first A bonding/separating unit (26), and the cover (80) covers at least the first bonding/separating unit (26). In this case, due to the first combination/minute of the operating unit (26a) The off unit (26) is covered by the cover (80) without exposing the operation unit (26a), whereby the child does not play with the operation unit (26a).
再者,在本發明中,較佳者,用以操作結合/分離裝置(26,27)的操作單元(26a)是被配置在結合/分離裝置(26,27),其位在座主體(11)的相對表面上。在此情形,操作單元(26a)面對著幼兒的相對表面,因此可更安全地防止幼兒玩弄操作單元(26a)。 Further, in the present invention, preferably, the operation unit (26a) for operating the joining/separating means (26, 27) is disposed in the joining/separating means (26, 27) which is seated in the seat body (11). ) on the opposite surface. In this case, the operation unit (26a) faces the opposite surface of the child, so that it is safer to prevent the child from playing with the operation unit (26a).
再者,在此情形,較佳者,座主體(11)的相對表面是被薄織物(82)所覆蓋。因此使用者可僅透過薄織物(82)操作該操作單元(26a),而且無須折疊蓋體(80),即可輕易地操作該操作單元(26a),藉此更強化使用者的便利性。 Further, in this case, preferably, the opposite surface of the seat body (11) is covered by the thin fabric (82). Therefore, the user can operate the operation unit (26a) only through the thin fabric (82), and the operation unit (26a) can be easily operated without folding the cover (80), thereby further enhancing user convenience.
再者,依據本發明,蓋體(80)可被提供有一識別裝置(81,82),用以使蓋體(80)的前側面與後側面可被識別。該前側面是座主體(11)的反面,且後側面則是座主體(11)側。在此情形,蓋體的前側面與後側面可依據識別裝置(81,82)而輕易地被識別,連接帶(14)與結合/分離裝置(26,27)可以正確的方向(前-後方向)被使用,藉此更強化使用扯的便利性。 Still further, in accordance with the present invention, the cover (80) can be provided with an identification device (81, 82) for allowing the front and rear sides of the cover (80) to be identified. The front side is the reverse side of the seat body (11), and the rear side is the seat body (11) side. In this case, the front side and the rear side of the cover can be easily identified according to the identification means (81, 82), and the connecting belt (14) and the joining/separating means (26, 27) can be in the correct direction (front-rear Direction) is used to enhance the convenience of using the pull.
再者,依據本發明,識別裝置(81,82)可由一第一織物(82)覆蓋蓋體(80)的前側面以及由一第二織物(81)覆蓋蓋體(80)的後側面所形成,其中一第一織物(82)與第二織物(81)可以是由不同型態的織物所製成。識別裝置(81,82)可以是利用不同型態的織物所形成,且尤其是並不需要作記號或類似者,藉此連接帶(14)與結合/分離裝置 (26,27)的前-後方向可依據此一簡單的結構而輕易地被辨識出。 Furthermore, in accordance with the present invention, the identification device (81, 82) can cover the front side of the cover (80) by a first fabric (82) and the rear side of the cover (80) by a second fabric (81). Formed, one of the first fabric (82) and the second fabric (81) may be made of different types of fabric. The identification device (81, 82) may be formed from a different type of fabric, and in particular does not require marking or the like, whereby the connecting strip (14) and the joining/separating device The front-rear direction of (26, 27) can be easily recognized based on this simple structure.
再者,在此情形,較佳者,第二織物(81)是由網狀織物所製成。當位在幼兒側邊的第二織物(81)是由網狀織物所製成,可增進透氣特性與蓋體(80)的觸感,藉此更強化幼兒的舒適性。 Further, in this case, preferably, the second fabric (81) is made of a mesh fabric. When the second fabric (81) on the side of the child is made of a mesh fabric, the breathability and the touch of the cover (80) can be enhanced, thereby enhancing the comfort of the child.
再者,依據本發明之幼兒背負裝置包括一覆蓋幼兒軀體部分之座主體(11),複數肩帶(13)連到該座主體(11),一用以使複數肩帶(13)彼此相連之連接帶(14),及以可分離之方式將連接帶(14)連接到肩帶(13)之結合/分離裝置(26,27),且儲存部(90,91)是被形成在肩帶(13)以儲存連接帶(14)或結合/分離裝置(26,27),在此方式之下,連接帶(14)或結合/分離裝置(26,27)可被儲存在儲存部(90,91),並可從儲存部(90,91)取出。 Furthermore, the child carrying device according to the present invention comprises a seat body (11) covering the body portion of the child, a plurality of shoulder straps (13) connected to the seat body (11), and one for connecting the plurality of shoulder straps (13) to each other. a connecting belt (14), and a joining/separating device (26, 27) for detachably connecting the connecting belt (14) to the shoulder belt (13), and the storage portion (90, 91) is formed on the shoulder The belt (13) is used to store the connecting belt (14) or the joining/separating device (26, 27), in which way the connecting belt (14) or the joining/separating device (26, 27) can be stored in the storage portion ( 90, 91), and can be taken out from the storage section (90, 91).
依據本發明,在躺臥位置保持時,未使用的連接帶(14)或結合/分離裝置(26,27)可被存放在儲存部(90,91)。因此,連接帶(14)或結合/分離裝置(26,27)不會掛在幼兒或幼兒側邊,藉此可防止連接帶(14)或結合/分離裝置(26,27)造成使用者的操作困難,例如躺臥位置保持座(50)的結合,並且可防止連接帶(14)碰觸到幼兒。 According to the invention, the unused straps (14) or the joining/separating means (26, 27) can be stored in the reservoir (90, 91) when held in the lying position. Therefore, the attachment strap (14) or the attachment/detachment device (26, 27) does not hang on the side of the toddler or toddler, thereby preventing the attachment strap (14) or the attachment/detachment device (26, 27) from causing the user's Operation is difficult, such as a combination of the lying position retaining seat (50), and the connecting strap (14) can be prevented from touching the child.
任何結構都可被用來作為儲存部(90,91)的一特定結構。例如,儲存部(90,91)可被形成為由肩帶(13)所提供之一似袋元件,並且可在肩帶(13)之相對側形成一開口(90a,91a)。連接帶(14)或結合/分離裝置(26,27)之側端部被連 到儲存部(90,91)之內,因此連接帶(14)或結合/分離裝置(26,27)可透過開口(90a,91a)從儲存部(90,91)取出。在此情形,連接帶(14)或結合/分離裝置(26,27)可透過開口(90a,91a)被存放到儲存部(90,91)。 Any structure can be used as a specific structure of the reservoir (90, 91). For example, the reservoir (90, 91) can be formed as a bag-like element provided by the shoulder strap (13), and an opening (90a, 91a) can be formed on the opposite side of the shoulder strap (13). The side end of the connecting belt (14) or the joining/separating device (26, 27) is connected Within the reservoir (90, 91), the strap (14) or the joining/separating device (26, 27) can be removed from the reservoir (90, 91) through the opening (90a, 91a). In this case, the connecting belt (14) or the joining/separating device (26, 27) can be stored in the storage portion (90, 91) through the opening (90a, 91a).
再者,儲存部(90,91)可被形成為沿著該肩帶(13)之緃向方向延伸之一長方體空間。在此情形,縱使連接帶(14)的寬度較肩帶(13)更寬,連接帶(14)仍可沿著肩帶(13)之緃向被儲存,藉此無論肩帶(13)的寬度為何,連接帶(14)的整個長度都不會被曝露。 Further, the storage portion (90, 91) may be formed to extend one of the rectangular parallelepiped spaces along the direction of the shoulder of the shoulder strap (13). In this case, even if the width of the strap (14) is wider than the shoulder strap (13), the strap (14) can still be stored along the shoulder of the shoulder strap (13), thereby regardless of the shoulder strap (13) What is the width, the entire length of the strap (14) will not be exposed.
再者,袋體(130)可在肩帶(13)之外表面,靠近連接帶(14)底部之處,被形成為沿著肩帶(13)之緃向方向延伸之一長方體空間。在此情形,連接帶(13)亦可沿著肩帶(13)之緃向被儲存,縱使連接帶(14)的寬度較肩帶(13)更寬,其仍可藉由將連接帶(14)插入由肩帶(13)之外表面所提供的袋體(130)而被儲存,藉此無論肩帶(13)的寬度為何,連接帶(14)的整個長度都不會被曝露。 Further, the bag body (130) may be formed on the outer surface of the shoulder belt (13) near the bottom of the connecting belt (14) to form a rectangular parallelepiped space extending in the direction of the shoulder of the shoulder belt (13). In this case, the connecting strip (13) can also be stored along the direction of the shoulder strap (13), even though the width of the strap (14) is wider than the shoulder strap (13), which can still be achieved by the strap ( 14) Inserting the bag body (130) provided by the outer surface of the shoulder strap (13) is stored, whereby the entire length of the strap (14) is not exposed regardless of the width of the shoulder strap (13).
再者,連接帶(131)可被形成有一第一帶體(131)及實質與第一帶體(131)等長的一第二帶體(131),第一帶體(131)是由一肩帶(13)所提供,第二帶體(131)是由另一肩帶(13)所提供,並且儲存部(132)可被形成為一空間,其中第一帶體(131)或第二帶體(131)可以實質垂直於肩帶(13)縱向的方向被插放,位在肩帶(13)中靠近連接帶(131)的底部之處。在此情形,連接帶(131)被分成實質相互等長的第一帶體(131)與第二帶體(131),藉此可縮短各連接帶(131)的 寬度。因此,縱使當各連接帶(131)以實質垂直於肩帶(13)縱向的方向被插放,各連接帶(131)的整個長度都不會被曝露。 Furthermore, the connecting strip (131) can be formed with a first strip body (131) and a second strip body (131) substantially equal to the length of the first strip body (131), the first strip body (131) being Provided by a shoulder strap (13), the second strap (131) is provided by another shoulder strap (13), and the storage portion (132) can be formed as a space, wherein the first strap (131) or The second belt body (131) can be inserted substantially perpendicularly to the longitudinal direction of the shoulder belt (13), in the shoulder belt (13) near the bottom of the connecting belt (131). In this case, the connecting strip (131) is divided into a first strip body (131) and a second strip body (131) which are substantially equal in length to each other, whereby the respective connecting strips (131) can be shortened. width. Therefore, even when the respective connecting belts (131) are inserted in a direction substantially perpendicular to the longitudinal direction of the shoulder belt (13), the entire length of each of the connecting belts (131) is not exposed.
再者,傳統的幼兒背負裝置,幼兒的背部要強壯的足以維持背部直立,幼兒背負裝置本身具有低硬度。因此,幼兒背負裝置主體與袋子可分別被設計成一體前側與後側。然而,在傳統的幼兒背負裝置,若幼兒的背部不夠強壯到足以維持背部直立,幼兒背負裝置的硬度相對要較高。因此,幼兒背負裝置主體本身作為袋子使用有困難,並且傳統的儲存結構無法直接適用於這種幼兒背負裝置。因此,當使用者攜帶這種幼兒背負裝置,他/她需要將幼兒背負裝置存放到分離的一儲存袋。這種需求對使用者而言是很麻煩的,而且使用者可能忘了與幼兒背負裝置一起攜帶儲存袋。在不同的情形,例如,使用者可折疊幼兒背負裝置並將其放到嬰兒車(stroller)的袋子,而無須另外攜帶一特定的袋子。因此,有時會從袋子突出幼兒背負裝置,並且造成困擾。 Furthermore, the conventional infant carrying device has a child's back that is strong enough to maintain the back upright, and the child carrying device itself has a low hardness. Therefore, the child carrying device body and the bag can be designed as an integral front side and a rear side, respectively. However, in the conventional infant carrying device, if the back of the child is not strong enough to maintain the back upright, the hardness of the child's carrying device is relatively high. Therefore, it is difficult for the child carrying device body itself to be used as a bag, and the conventional storage structure cannot be directly applied to such a child carrying device. Therefore, when the user carries such a child carrying device, he/she needs to store the child carrying device in a separate storage bag. This need is cumbersome for the user and the user may have forgotten to carry the storage bag with the child carrying device. In different situations, for example, the user can fold the child carrying device and place it in the stroller's bag without having to carry a specific bag. Therefore, the child's carrying device is sometimes protruded from the bag and causes trouble.
另一方面而言,在本實施例的幼兒背負裝置,折疊裝置可被存放在儲存裝置內,藉此該折疊裝置可以永遠與幼兒背負裝置一起被攜帶著,而避免使用者忘記攜帶折疊裝置。因此,使用者可確保同時攜帶幼兒背負裝置與折疊裝置,因此更強化使用者的便利性。 On the other hand, in the child carrying device of the present embodiment, the folding device can be stored in the storage device, whereby the folding device can be carried with the child carrying device forever, without the user forgetting to carry the folding device. Therefore, the user can ensure that the child carrying device and the folding device are carried at the same time, thereby enhancing the convenience of the user.
尤其是,依據本實施例的幼兒背負裝置(1),其是用以托住幼兒,該幼兒背負裝置(1)包括支持幼兒背負裝置 (1)的折疊裝置(121,151)以及將折疊裝置(121,151)存放到幼兒背負裝置(1)的儲存裝置(120),在此方式之下,折疊裝置可自由地被存放及取出。依據本發明,由於折疊裝置(121,151)是被存放到儲存裝置(120),所以折疊裝置(121,151)可以永遠與幼兒背負裝置(1)一起被攜帶,並且防止使用者遺漏折疊裝置(121,151)。因此,必要時,使用者可確保有同時攜帶幼兒背負裝置(1)與折疊裝置(121,151),藉此更強化使用者的便利性。 In particular, the child carrying device (1) according to the embodiment is for supporting a child, and the child carrying device (1) comprises a child supporting device. The folding device (121, 151) of (1) and the storage device (120) for storing the folding device (121, 151) to the child carrying device (1), in this manner, the folding device can be freely stored and taken out. According to the present invention, since the folding device (121, 151) is stored to the storage device (120), the folding device (121, 151) can be carried with the child carrying device (1) forever, and the user is prevented from missing the folding device (121, 151). Therefore, if necessary, the user can ensure that the child carrying device (1) and the folding device (121, 151) are carried at the same time, thereby further enhancing the convenience of the user.
任何結構都可被用來作為折疊裝置(121,151)的一特定結構。例如,折疊裝置(121)可被設計為存放幼兒背負裝置(1)之一儲存袋(121)。在此情形,幼兒背負裝置(1)可被存放在儲存袋(121),且同時被攜帶。 Any structure can be used as a specific structure of the folding device (121, 151). For example, the folding device (121) can be designed to store one of the storage bags (121) of the infant carrying device (1). In this case, the child carrying device (1) can be stored in the storage bag (121) and carried at the same time.
再者,一繩子(121b)可被連到儲存袋(121),因此儲存袋(121)的開口(121a)可隨意地被打開/關閉。在此情形,例如,開口(121a)可藉由繩子(121b)而被關閉,藉此防止幼兒背負裝置(1)脫落。 Further, a string (121b) can be attached to the storage bag (121) so that the opening (121a) of the storage bag (121) can be opened/closed at will. In this case, for example, the opening (121a) can be closed by the cord (121b), thereby preventing the child carrying device (1) from coming off.
再者,折疊裝置(151)可被設成一儲存帶(151),其是將幼兒背負裝置(1)固定在折疊狀態。在此情形,幼兒背負裝置(1)可藉由儲存帶(151)而被固定成折疊狀態,並被攜帶。 Further, the folding device (151) can be provided as a storage belt (151) which fixes the child carrying device (1) in a folded state. In this case, the child carrying device (1) can be fixed in a folded state by the storage belt (151) and carried.
再者,較佳者是提供連接器(122)將折疊裝置(121,151)連接到儲存裝置(120)。在此情形,由於折疊裝置(121,151)是經由連接器(122)被連到儲存裝置(120),所以可防止使用者單獨遺漏儲存裝置(120),並可防止折疊裝置 (121,151)從儲存裝置(120)中脫落。因此,可確保且容易攜帶折疊裝置(121,151)。 Furthermore, it is preferred to provide a connector (122) for attaching the folding device (121, 151) to the storage device (120). In this case, since the folding device (121, 151) is connected to the storage device (120) via the connector (122), the user can be prevented from missing the storage device (120) alone, and the folding device can be prevented. (121, 151) falls off from the storage device (120). Therefore, the folding device (121, 151) can be ensured and easily carried.
儲存裝置(120)可被配置在任何位置,雖然較佳者是儲存單元(120)被配置在靠近幼兒背負裝置(1)的端部,沿著縱向位在其前側面。在此情形,儲存裝置(120)不會直接碰觸到幼兒,因此儲存裝置(120)的存在及存放其中的折疊裝置(121)不會造成幼兒不舒適的觸感,並且可維持幼兒的舒適性。再者,由於儲存裝置(120)是被配置在縱向靠近端部之處,所以從外部不會發現有儲存裝置(120),藉此幼兒背負裝置(1)的外觀仍保持整潔。尤其是,當儲存裝置(120)是被配置在幼兒背負裝置(1)的下緣(也就是幼兒被保持在直立位置時,位在幼兒左腿與右腿之間的位置),儲存裝置(120)會被隱藏在幼兒左腿與右腿之間,而不會從前側發現,藉此保持幼兒背負裝置(1)的外觀整潔。再者,當儲存裝置(120)是被配置在縱向靠近端部之處,儲存裝置(120)可輕易地被配置在幼兒背負裝置(1)的端部,藉此幼兒背負裝置(1)的儲存裝置可更為容易的被製作。 The storage device (120) can be configured in any position, although preferably the storage unit (120) is disposed adjacent the end of the infant carrying device (1) along its longitudinal position on its front side. In this case, the storage device (120) does not directly touch the child, so the presence of the storage device (120) and the folding device (121) stored therein do not cause an uncomfortable feeling of the child, and can maintain the comfort of the child. Sex. Moreover, since the storage device (120) is disposed at a position close to the end in the longitudinal direction, the storage device (120) is not found from the outside, whereby the appearance of the child carrying device (1) remains neat. In particular, when the storage device (120) is disposed at the lower edge of the infant carrying device (1) (ie, the position between the child's left leg and the right leg when the child is held in the upright position), the storage device ( 120) will be hidden between the left leg and the right leg of the child, and will not be found from the front side, thereby keeping the appearance of the child carrying device (1) clean and tidy. Furthermore, when the storage device (120) is disposed longitudinally near the end, the storage device (120) can be easily disposed at the end of the infant carrying device (1), whereby the infant carrying device (1) The storage device can be made easier.
或者,儲存裝置(120)可被設在幼兒背負裝置(10)幼兒可碰觸到的表面。在此情形,儲存裝置(120)可位在幼兒側邊,並因此不會被曝露在外側,藉此可維持幼兒背負裝置(1)的設計品質。 Alternatively, the storage device (120) can be placed on a surface that the child's piggyback device (10) can touch. In this case, the storage device (120) can be positioned on the side of the toddler and thus not exposed to the outside, thereby maintaining the design quality of the infant carrying device (1).
再者,較佳的是折疊裝置(121)與儲存裝置(120)至少其中之一是被形成為網狀織物。在此情形,折疊裝置(121)與儲存裝置(120)可以是薄的,尤其是當儲存裝置(120) 是位在幼兒側邊時,藉此這些元件不會使幼兒產生不舒適的觸感。再者,可強化折疊裝置(121)與儲存裝置(120)的透氣特性,藉此更可強化幼兒的舒適性。 Furthermore, it is preferred that at least one of the folding device (121) and the storage device (120) is formed as a mesh fabric. In this case, the folding device (121) and the storage device (120) may be thin, especially when the storage device (120) When placed on the side of the child, these elements do not cause an uncomfortable feeling to the child. Furthermore, the breathability of the folding device (121) and the storage device (120) can be enhanced, thereby enhancing the comfort of the child.
再者,儲存裝置(120)可提供一開口(120a),因此折疊裝置(121,151)可透過開口(120a)置入儲存裝置(120)或從中被取出。該開口(120a)是可由一對彼此相互重疊且相對的織物(120b,120c)所形成,以使開口(120a)可被打開/關閉。在此情形,該對織物(120b,120c)是重疊時,開口(120a)即為關閉,藉此可防止意外地曝露及折疊裝置(121,151)從儲存裝置(120)中脫落。尤其是,由於打開/關閉結構可被設計成無須任何特殊的打開/關閉,例如緊固件,而僅須重疊一對織物(120b,120c),因此打開/關閉結構可被輕易地設置。再者,縱使打開/關閉結構是被配置在幼兒的側邊,亦不會造成幼兒不舒適的觸感。 Furthermore, the storage device (120) can provide an opening (120a) so that the folding device (121, 151) can be inserted into or removed from the storage device (120) through the opening (120a). The opening (120a) is formed by a pair of fabrics (120b, 120c) that are overlapped and opposed to each other such that the opening (120a) can be opened/closed. In this case, when the pair of fabrics (120b, 120c) are overlapped, the opening (120a) is closed, whereby accidental exposure and folding of the folding device (121, 151) from the storage device (120) can be prevented. In particular, since the opening/closing structure can be designed without any special opening/closing, such as fasteners, and only a pair of fabrics (120b, 120c) have to be overlapped, the opening/closing structure can be easily set. Furthermore, even if the opening/closing structure is disposed on the side of the child, it does not cause an uncomfortable feeling of the child.
再者,折疊裝置可被設計成不同於儲存袋.的結構。例如,用以抱持幼兒的幼兒背負裝置(1)可包括用以支持幼兒的一持座(10)以及使該支持座(10)之右側及左側彼此相連的一支持帶(152),其中該支持座(10)可被支持帶(263)固定在一折疊狀態。 Furthermore, the folding device can be designed to be different from the structure of the storage bag. For example, a child carrying device (1) for holding a child may include a holder (10) for supporting the child and a support belt (152) for connecting the right side and the left side of the holder (10) to each other, wherein The holder (10) can be held in a folded state by the support strap (263).
依據本發明,支持帶(152)可連接支持座(10)之右側及左側,且同時可固定連接支持座(10)。因此,支持帶(152)可具有數種功能。所以不需要一專用機制來固定,且幼兒背負裝置(1)可以更為簡單的方式而被設計。再者,由於支持帶(152)是被提供在支持座(10),支持帶(152)可永遠與 幼兒背負裝置(1)一起被攜帶,因此可防止使用者遺漏支持帶(152),藉此更強化使用者的便利性。 According to the invention, the support strap (152) can be connected to the right and left sides of the support base (10) and at the same time the connection support base (10) can be fixed. Therefore, the support strap (152) can have several functions. Therefore, a special mechanism is not required for fixing, and the child carrying device (1) can be designed in a simpler manner. Furthermore, since the support strap (152) is provided on the support base (10), the support strap (152) can be used forever The child carrying device (1) is carried together, thereby preventing the user from missing the support belt (152), thereby further enhancing the convenience of the user.
再者,用以支持幼兒的幼兒背負裝置(1)可包括一用以支持幼兒的支持座(10),沿著緃向配置在該支持座(10)之一端的第一緊固件(153),以及沿著緃向配置在支持座(10)之另一端的第二緊固件(154),並且可與第一緊固件(153)彼此相結合/分離,其中第一緊固件(153)及該第二緊固件(154)可將該支持座(10)維持在一折疊狀態。依據本發明,支持座(10)可以是由第一緊固件(153)與第二緊固件(154)所支持,藉此可輕易地攜帶幼兒背負裝置(1)。再者,由於第一緊固件(153)與第二緊固件(154)是被提供在支持座(10),所以第一緊固件(153)與第二緊固件(154)可永遠與幼兒背負裝置(1)同時被攜帶,因而可防止使用者遺漏第一緊固件(153)與第二緊固件(154),藉此更強化使用者的便利性。 Furthermore, the child carrying device (1) for supporting the child may include a support base (10) for supporting the child, and a first fastener (153) disposed at one end of the support seat (10) along the slanting direction. And a second fastener (154) disposed along the twisting direction at the other end of the support base (10), and combinable/separable from the first fastener (153), wherein the first fastener (153) and The second fastener (154) maintains the support (10) in a folded condition. In accordance with the present invention, the support base (10) can be supported by the first fastener (153) and the second fastener (154) whereby the infant carrying device (1) can be easily carried. Moreover, since the first fastener (153) and the second fastener (154) are provided on the support seat (10), the first fastener (153) and the second fastener (154) can be permanently carried by the child. The device (1) is carried at the same time, thereby preventing the user from missing the first fastener (153) and the second fastener (154), thereby further enhancing user convenience.
雖然本發明已以較佳實施例揭露如上,然其並非用以限定本發明,任何熟習此技藝者,在不脫離本發明之精神和範圍內,當可作些許之更動與潤飾,因此本發明之保護範圍當視後附之申請專利範圍所界定者為準。 While the present invention has been described in its preferred embodiments, the present invention is not intended to limit the invention, and the present invention may be modified and modified without departing from the spirit and scope of the invention. The scope of protection is subject to the definition of the scope of the patent application.
1‧‧‧幼兒背負裝置 1‧‧‧Children's backpack
10‧‧‧直立位置保持座 10‧‧‧Upright position holder
50‧‧‧躺臥位置保持座 50‧‧‧ lying position holder
11‧‧‧直立位置保持座主體/座主體 11‧‧‧Upright position holder body/seat body
12‧‧‧頭部支持/頭部支持裝置 12‧‧‧Head support/head support
13‧‧‧肩帶 13‧‧‧ shoulder strap
14‧‧‧連接帶 14‧‧‧Connecting belt
15‧‧‧側帶 15‧‧‧ side belt
16‧‧‧腿部支持帶 16‧‧‧ Leg support belt
17‧‧‧縫合線 17‧‧‧ suture
18‧‧‧緊固件 18‧‧‧fasteners
20‧‧‧頭部支撐帶/連接器 20‧‧‧Head support belt/connector
21‧‧‧主帶體 21‧‧‧Main belt
22‧‧‧梯扣/長度調整器 22‧‧‧ladder/length adjuster
23‧‧‧勾子 23‧‧‧ hook
24‧‧‧環體 24‧‧‧Act
25‧‧‧手臂孔 25‧‧‧ arm hole
26‧‧‧母扣/第一結合分離單元 26‧‧‧Female buckle/first combined separation unit
26a‧‧‧操作部 26a‧‧‧Operation Department
27‧‧‧公扣/第二結合分離單元 27‧‧‧ Male buckle / second combined separation unit
28‧‧‧梯扣 28‧‧‧ ladder buckle
29‧‧‧結合橡膠 29‧‧‧Combined rubber
30‧‧‧旋轉扣 30‧‧‧Spinning buckle
31‧‧‧公扣 31‧‧‧ Public buckle
32‧‧‧母扣 32‧‧‧Female buckle
33‧‧‧底部 33‧‧‧ bottom
34‧‧‧舌體 34‧‧ ‧ tongue
33a‧‧‧環體 33a‧‧‧Act
33b‧‧‧裂縫 33b‧‧‧ crack
34a‧‧‧操作部 34a‧‧‧Operation Department
35‧‧‧底部 35‧‧‧ bottom
36‧‧‧插座 36‧‧‧ socket
35a‧‧‧環體 35a‧‧‧Act
35b‧‧‧裂縫 35b‧‧‧ crack
36a‧‧‧空間 36a‧‧‧ Space
36b‧‧‧環體 36b‧‧‧Act
40‧‧‧腿部支撐帶主體 40‧‧‧ Leg support belt main body
41‧‧‧可拉伸帶 41‧‧‧stretchable belt
42‧‧‧帶蓋體 42‧‧‧With cover
43‧‧‧腿孔 43‧‧‧ leg holes
51‧‧‧躺臥位置保持座主體 51‧‧‧ lying position holder body
52‧‧‧頭部保護 52‧‧‧ head protection
53‧‧‧抱持帶 53‧‧‧ Holding belt
54‧‧‧帶體結合裝置 54‧‧‧Band combination device
54a‧‧‧公勾 54a‧‧‧ public hook
54b‧‧‧母勾 54b‧‧‧Female hook
55‧‧‧硬板 55‧‧‧hard board
56‧‧‧發泡件 56‧‧‧Foam parts
57‧‧‧包覆織物 57‧‧‧ Covered fabric
58‧‧‧墊部 58‧‧‧Mats
59‧‧‧襯背織物 59‧‧‧ Backing fabric
55a‧‧‧排氣孔 55a‧‧‧ venting holes
60‧‧‧切口部 60‧‧‧cut section
61‧‧‧公勾 61‧‧‧ Public hook
62‧‧‧母勾 62‧‧‧Female hook
70‧‧‧帶蓋體 70‧‧‧With cover
71‧‧‧前側蓋體/第二突出片 71‧‧‧Front side cover/second protrusion
72‧‧‧後側蓋體 72‧‧‧Back side cover
73‧‧‧縫合線 73‧‧‧ suture
71a‧‧‧母勾 71a‧‧‧Female hook
72a‧‧‧公勾 72a‧‧‧ public hook
74‧‧‧空間 74‧‧‧ Space
75‧‧‧空間 75‧‧‧ Space
(26a)‧‧‧操作單元 (26a)‧‧‧Operating unit
83‧‧‧縫合線 83‧‧‧ suture
(90,91)‧‧‧儲存部 (90,91)‧‧‧ Storage Department
(26,27)‧‧‧結合/分離裝置 (26,27)‧‧‧Combination/separation device
(90a,91a)‧‧‧開口 (90a, 91a) ‧ ‧ openings
(80)‧‧‧蓋體 (80)‧‧‧ Cover
(82)‧‧‧第一織物/薄織物 (82)‧‧‧First fabric/thin fabric
(81)‧‧‧第二織物 (81)‧‧‧Second fabric
100‧‧‧開口部/接觸部分 100‧‧‧ Opening/contact section
101‧‧‧開口部之右側 101‧‧‧The right side of the opening
102‧‧‧開口部之左側 102‧‧‧left side of the opening
103‧‧‧墊部/緩衝體 103‧‧‧The pad/buffer
104‧‧‧前側織物 104‧‧‧Front fabric
105‧‧‧後側織物 105‧‧‧ Back side fabric
106‧‧‧開口/釋放部 106‧‧‧ Opening/Release Department
107‧‧‧可移動部 107‧‧‧Removable Department
108‧‧‧縫合線 108‧‧‧ suture
107a‧‧‧重量調整部 107a‧‧‧ Weight Adjustment Department
110‧‧‧連接單元 110‧‧‧ Connection unit
111,112‧‧‧突出片 111,112‧‧‧ protruding film
111a‧‧‧公勾 111a‧‧‧ public hook
112a‧‧‧母勾 112a‧‧‧Female hook
113‧‧‧表面緊固件 113‧‧‧ Surface fasteners
(120)‧‧‧儲存裝置/儲存單元 (120)‧‧‧Storage/storage unit
(121,151)‧‧‧折疊裝置 (121,151)‧‧‧Folding device
(120a)‧‧‧開口 (120a) ‧ ‧ openings
(120b,120c)‧‧‧織物 (120b, 120c) ‧ ‧ fabric
(131)‧‧‧連接帶/第一帶體/第二帶體 (131)‧‧‧Connecting belt/first belt/second belt
(130)‧‧‧袋體 (130) ‧‧ ‧ bag body
144‧‧‧固定翼 144‧‧‧ fixed wing
143‧‧‧固定翼 143‧‧‧Fixed Wing
144a‧‧‧母勾 144a‧‧‧Female hook
144b‧‧‧公勾 144b‧‧‧ public hook
144c‧‧‧折疊線 144c‧‧‧Folding line
145‧‧‧翼環 145‧‧‧wing ring
146‧‧‧固定帶 146‧‧‧Fixed tape
146a‧‧‧公勾 146a‧‧‧ public hook
147‧‧‧網覆部 147‧‧‧Net Department
147b‧‧‧母勾 147b‧‧‧Female hook
147a‧‧‧開口 147a‧‧‧ openings
148‧‧‧固定翼 148‧‧‧Fixed Wing
149‧‧‧網狀袋體 149‧‧‧ mesh bag
149a‧‧‧開口 149a‧‧‧ openings
111a,112a,140a,141a,143a,143b,144a,146a,148a‧‧‧第一緊固件 111a, 112a, 140a, 141a, 143a, 143b, 144a, 146a, 148a ‧ ‧ first fastener
71a,72a,11a,51a,51b,144b,147b‧‧‧第二緊固件 71a, 72a, 11a, 51a, 51b, 144b, 147b‧‧‧ second fastener
(152)‧‧‧支持帶 (152) ‧ ‧ support belt
(153)‧‧‧第一緊固件 (153)‧‧‧First fasteners
(263)‧‧‧支持帶 (263) ‧‧‧Support belt
(154)‧‧‧第二緊固件 (154)‧‧‧Second fasteners
(133)‧‧‧相連的部分/縫合線 (133)‧‧‧Connected parts/sutures
141、143、144、146、148‧‧‧延伸部 141, 143, 144, 146, 148‧ ‧ extensions
132‧‧‧儲存部/儲存單元 132‧‧‧Storage/storage unit
122‧‧‧連接器/連接帶 122‧‧‧Connector/connecting strap
12a‧‧‧儲存裝置 12a‧‧‧Storage device
121b‧‧‧繩子 121b‧‧‧ rope
圖1為根據本發明之一具體實施例的幼兒背負裝置之立體示意圖;圖2為依據圖1之幼兒背負裝置的分解立體圖; 圖3為一躺臥位置抱持的狀態;圖4為一面向後前置之直立位置抱持的狀態;圖5為一面向前前置之直立位置抱持的狀態;圖6為一正常背負抱持(肩扛)狀態;圖7為交錯帶體的一背負抱持狀態;圖8為依據圖1之直立位置保持座的立體圖;圖9為依據圖1之直立位置保持座的前視圖;圖10為依據圖1之直立位置保持座的後視圖;圖11為緊固件處於打開狀態之肩帶的放大前視圖;圖12為緊固件處於關閉狀態之肩帶的放大前視圖;圖13為頭部支撐帶周圍的一部份之放大前視圖;圖14為掀起背側蓋,頭部支撐帶周圍之部份的放大前視圖;圖15為處於解除狀態下,頭部支撐帶周圍的部分放大前視圖;圖16為處於結合狀態下,連接帶周圍的部份放大前視圖;圖17為一旋帶扣之前視圖;圖18為一旋帶扣之底視圖;圖19為旋帶扣於解開狀態的立體圖;圖20為旋帶扣在一預旋轉狀態與一後旋轉狀態之前視圖;圖21為一腿部支撐帶之前視圖;圖22為圖1之躺臥位置保持座的立體圖;圖23為圖1之躺臥位置保持座的前視圖;圖24為圖1之躺臥位置保持座的後視圖; 圖25為躺臥位置保持座之垂直截面圖;圖26為最小長度時的頭部支撐帶周圍之部份之前視圖;圖27為最大長度時的頭部支撐帶周圍之部份之前視圖;圖28為處於解開狀態時,連接帶周圍部份之放大前視圖;圖29為當連接帶蓋體被收攏時,連接帶周圍部份之放大前視圖;圖30為位於儲存裝置中央的連接帶周圍部份之放大前視圖;圖31為處於完全儲存狀態下,連接帶周圍部份之放大前視圖;圖32為腿部開口部周圍之一部份的放大後視圖;圖33為沿著圖32之線A-A的垂直截面圖;圖34為處於變形狀態下,腿部開口部周圍部份之放大後視圖;圖35為沿著圖34之B-B線的垂直截面圖;圖36為可移動部周圍部份的放大上視圖;圖37為處於變形狀態下,可移動部周圍部份之放大上視圖;圖38為重量調整部周圍部份的放大後視圖;圖39為習用幼兒背負裝置之腿部開口部周圍部份之示意圖;圖40為根據本發明之具體實施例,腿部開口部周圍部份的示意圖;圖41為在一頭部(head portion)中的固定結構之前視圖; 圖42為處於結合狀態下,帶體結合裝置(strap combiner)周圍部份之放大立體圖;圖43為處於非結合狀態下,帶體結合裝置周圍部份之放大立體圖;圖44為存放有一儲存袋(storage bag)之口袋(pocket)周圍部分之放大前視圖;圖45為直立位置保持座中,將儲存袋由口袋取出的狀態之前視圖;圖46為直立位置保持座之前視圖,所示為直立位置保持座之存放過程;圖47為直立位置保持座之前視圖,所示為在圖46中直立位置保持座之存放過程的後續;圖48為直立位置保持座之前視圖,所示為在圖47中直立位置保持座之存放過程的後續;圖49為直立位置保持座在完成其存放過程之後的前視圖;圖50為連接到一幼兒車的提手杆之儲存袋的立體圖;圖51為連接到一袋子的提手之儲存袋的立體圖;圖52為沿著圖44之線C-C的垂直截面圖;圖53為連接帶的一變化實施例的放大前視圖;圖54為連接帶如何由圖53中所示狀態做存放;圖55為圖53之連接帶處於完成存放的狀態;圖56為連接帶的另一變化實施例的放大前視圖;圖57為圖56之連接帶處於完全收納儲存的狀態;圖58為一直立位置保持座主體之垂直截面圖,所示為連接 一前側織物及一後側織物之一部份的變化實施例;圖59為根據一結合/分離裝置結構的第一變化實施例的一躺臥位置保持座的後視圖;圖60為根據一結合/分離裝置結構的第二變化實施例的一躺臥位置保持座的後視圖;圖61為根據一結合/分離裝置結構第二變化實施例的一直立位置保持座的後視圖;圖62為根據一結合/分離裝置結構的第三變化實施例的一躺臥位置保持座的後視圖;圖63為根據一結合/分離裝置結構的第四變化實施例的一躺臥位置保持座的後視圖;圖64為根據一結合/分離裝置結構第四變化實施例的一直立位置保持座的後視圖;圖65為根據一結合/分離裝置結構的第五變化實施例的一躺臥位置保持座的後視圖;圖66為根據一結合/分離裝置結構第五變化實施例的一直立位置保持座的後視圖;圖67為根據一結合/分離裝置結構的第六變化實施例的一躺臥位置保持座的後視圖;圖68為根據一結合/分離裝置結構第六變化實施例的一直立位置保持座的前視圖;圖69為根據一結合/分離裝置結構第七變化實施例的一直立位置保持座的前視圖;圖70為當取出儲存袋時,直立位置保持座10之前視圖,其 所示為折疊裝置結構的變化實施例;圖71為直立位置保持座之前視圖,所示為直立位置保持座之存放過程;圖72為直立位置保持座之前視圖,所示為在圖71中直立位置保持座之存放過程的後續;圖73為直立位置保持座之前視圖,所示為在圖72中直立位置保持座之存放過程的後續;圖74為直立位置保持座之前視圖,所示為在圖73中直立位置保持座之存放過程的後續;圖75為直立位置保持座之前視圖,所示為在圖74中直立位置保持座之存放過程的後續;圖76為直立位置保持座的前視圖,所示為具有一固定帶之折疊裝置結構的變化實施例;圖77為直立位置保持座的前視圖,所示為具有固定帶之折疊裝置結構的變化實施例處於一折疊完成的狀態;圖78為直立位置保持座的前視圖,所示為具有固定帶之折疊裝置結構的另一變化實施例;圖79為直立位置保持座的前視圖,所示為具有固定帶之折疊裝置結構的另一變化實施例處於一折疊完成的狀態;圖80為具有扣子及勾子的折疊裝置結構之另一變化實施例的前視圖;以及圖81為處於折疊完成狀態,具有扣子及勾子的折疊裝置結構之又另一變化實施例的前視圖。 1 is a perspective view of a child carrying device according to an embodiment of the present invention; FIG. 2 is an exploded perspective view of the child carrying device according to FIG. 1; Fig. 3 is a state in which the lying position is held; Fig. 4 is a state of being held in an upright position facing the rear front; Fig. 5 is a state in which one side is held forward in an upright position; and Fig. 6 is a normal carrying condition. FIG. 7 is a perspective view of the staggered belt body; FIG. 8 is a perspective view of the upright position retaining seat according to FIG. 1; FIG. 9 is a front view of the upright position retaining seat according to FIG. Figure 10 is a rear elevational view of the upright position retaining seat of Figure 1; Figure 11 is an enlarged front elevational view of the shoulder strap with the fastener in an open state; Figure 12 is an enlarged front elevational view of the shoulder strap with the fastener in a closed state; A magnified front view of a portion around the head support belt; Figure 14 is an enlarged front view of the portion of the back side cover, around the head support belt; Figure 15 is the portion around the head support belt in the released state Figure 16 is a partially enlarged front view of the vicinity of the connecting belt in a combined state; Figure 17 is a front view of a buckle; Figure 18 is a bottom view of a buckle; Figure 19 is a bottom buckle a perspective view of the unwrapped state; Figure 20 is a spin-on buckle in a pre-rotation state and a Figure 21 is a front view of a leg support belt; Figure 22 is a perspective view of the lying position holder of Figure 1; Figure 23 is a front view of the lying position holder of Figure 1; Figure 24 is a view a rear view of the seat in the lying position; Figure 25 is a vertical sectional view of the lying position holder; Figure 26 is a front view of a portion around the head support belt at the minimum length; Figure 27 is a front view of a portion around the head support belt at the maximum length; 28 is an enlarged front view of the portion around the connecting belt when in the unopened state; FIG. 29 is an enlarged front view of the portion around the connecting belt when the connecting cover is folded; FIG. 30 is a connecting belt at the center of the storage device A magnified front view of the surrounding portion; Fig. 31 is an enlarged front view of the portion around the connecting strip in a fully stored state; Fig. 32 is an enlarged rear view of a portion around the leg opening; Fig. 33 is a cross-sectional view Fig. 34 is an enlarged rear view of a portion around the opening portion of the leg in a deformed state; Fig. 35 is a vertical sectional view taken along line BB of Fig. 34; Fig. 36 is a movable portion An enlarged top view of the surrounding portion; Fig. 37 is an enlarged top view of the portion around the movable portion in a deformed state; Fig. 38 is an enlarged rear view of the portion around the weight adjusting portion; Fig. 39 is a leg of the conventional child carrying device Part of the opening around the opening 40 is a schematic view of a portion around a leg opening portion according to a specific embodiment of the present invention; and FIG. 41 is a front view of a fixing structure in a head portion; Figure 42 is an enlarged perspective view of a portion around a strap combiner in a combined state; Figure 43 is an enlarged perspective view of a portion around the strap assembly in a non-bonded state; and Figure 44 is a storage pocket. (Storage bag) a magnified front view of the surrounding portion of the pocket; FIG. 45 is a front view of the state in which the storage bag is taken out of the pocket in the upright position holder; FIG. 46 is a front view of the upright position holder, shown as an upright Figure 47 is a front view of the upright position retainer, showing the subsequent storage of the upright position retainer in Figure 46; Figure 48 is a front view of the upright position retainer, shown in Figure 47 The rear view of the storage process of the upright position retaining seat; FIG. 49 is a front view of the upright position retaining seat after completing its storage process; FIG. 50 is a perspective view of the storage bag connected to the handle bar of a baby carriage; FIG. Fig. 52 is a vertical sectional view taken along line CC of Fig. 44; Fig. 53 is an enlarged front view of a modified embodiment of the connecting belt; Fig. 54 is a front view of a storage bag of a handle of a bag; How the strap is stored by the state shown in Fig. 53; Fig. 55 is the state in which the strap of Fig. 53 is in the state of being completed; Fig. 56 is an enlarged front view of another variant embodiment of the strap; Fig. 57 is the connection of Fig. 56 The belt is in a state of full storage and storage; FIG. 58 is a vertical sectional view of the main body of the standing position, showing the connection A modified embodiment of a portion of a front side fabric and a rear side fabric; FIG. 59 is a rear elevational view of a lying position holder according to a first variant embodiment of a joining/separating device structure; FIG. 60 is a combination according to a combination Rear view of a lying position holder of a second variant embodiment of the structure of the separating device; Fig. 61 is a rear view of the upright position holder according to a second variant embodiment of a joining/separating device structure; Fig. 62 is based on a rear view of a lying position holder of a third variant embodiment of a joining/separating device structure; FIG. 63 is a rear elevational view of a lying position holder according to a fourth variant embodiment of a joining/separating device structure; Figure 64 is a rear elevational view of the upright position retaining seat according to a fourth modified embodiment of a joining/separating device structure; Figure 65 is a rear view retaining seat according to a fifth variant embodiment of a joining/separating device structure Figure 66 is a rear elevational view of the upright position retaining seat according to a fifth variant embodiment of a joining/separating device structure; Figure 67 is a lying down view of a sixth variant embodiment of a joining/separating device structure FIG. 68 is a front elevational view of the upright position holder according to a sixth variation embodiment of a coupling/separating device structure; FIG. 69 is an upright view according to a seventh variation of the coupling/separating device structure. Front view of the position retaining seat; Fig. 70 is a front view of the upright position retaining seat 10 when the storage bag is taken out, which A variation of the structure of the folding device is shown; Figure 71 is a front view of the upright position retaining seat, showing the storage process of the upright position retaining seat; Figure 72 is a front view of the upright position retaining seat, shown in Figure 71 upright Figure 73 is a front view of the upright position retainer, showing the subsequent process of the storage of the upright position retainer in Figure 72; Figure 74 is a front view of the upright position retainer, shown in Figure 73 is a front view of the storage process of the upright position retaining seat; Figure 75 is a front view of the upright position retaining seat, shown as a follow-up to the storage process of the upright position retaining seat in Figure 74; Figure 76 is a front view of the upright position retaining seat a modified embodiment of the folding device structure having a fixed strap; and FIG. 77 is a front view of the upright position retaining seat, showing a modified embodiment of the folding device structure having the fixing strap in a folded state; 78 is a front view of the upright position retaining seat, showing another variant embodiment of the folding device structure with the fixing strap; Figure 79 is a front view of the upright position retaining seat Another variation of the configuration of the folding device having a fixed strap is shown in a folded state; FIG. 80 is a front view of another variation of the folding device structure with buttons and hooks; and FIG. 81 is at A front view of yet another variation of the folding device configuration with the button and hook.
1‧‧‧幼兒背負裝置 1‧‧‧Children's backpack
10‧‧‧直立位置保持座 10‧‧‧Upright position holder
11‧‧‧直立位置保持座主體 11‧‧‧Upright position holder body
50‧‧‧躺臥位置保持座 50‧‧‧ lying position holder
13‧‧‧肩帶 13‧‧‧ shoulder strap
15‧‧‧側帶 15‧‧‧ side belt
16‧‧‧腿部支持帶 16‧‧‧ Leg support belt
51‧‧‧躺臥位置保持座主體 51‧‧‧ lying position holder body
52‧‧‧頭部保護 52‧‧‧ head protection
53‧‧‧抱持帶 53‧‧‧ Holding belt
54‧‧‧帶體結合裝置 54‧‧‧Band combination device
Claims (9)
Applications Claiming Priority (5)
Application Number | Priority Date | Filing Date | Title |
---|---|---|---|
JP2006099291A JP5026721B2 (en) | 2006-03-31 | 2006-03-31 | Lullaby |
JP2006099294A JP2007268077A (en) | 2006-03-31 | 2006-03-31 | Baby carrier |
JP2006099290A JP5026720B2 (en) | 2006-03-31 | 2006-03-31 | Lullaby |
JP2006099292A JP5026722B2 (en) | 2006-03-31 | 2006-03-31 | Lullaby |
JP2006099293A JP5026723B2 (en) | 2006-03-31 | 2006-03-31 | Lullaby |
Publications (2)
Publication Number | Publication Date |
---|---|
TW200735819A TW200735819A (en) | 2007-10-01 |
TWI452983B true TWI452983B (en) | 2014-09-21 |
Family
ID=38050526
Family Applications (3)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
TW096110400A TWI452983B (en) | 2006-03-31 | 2007-03-26 | Baby carrier |
TW102129688A TWI527541B (en) | 2006-03-31 | 2007-03-26 | Baby carrier |
TW102129686A TWI549632B (en) | 2006-03-31 | 2007-03-26 | Baby carrier |
Family Applications After (2)
Application Number | Title | Priority Date | Filing Date |
---|---|---|---|
TW102129688A TWI527541B (en) | 2006-03-31 | 2007-03-26 | Baby carrier |
TW102129686A TWI549632B (en) | 2006-03-31 | 2007-03-26 | Baby carrier |
Country Status (7)
Country | Link |
---|---|
US (1) | US20070284403A1 (en) |
JP (1) | JP5026720B2 (en) |
KR (1) | KR101433183B1 (en) |
CN (1) | CN101044945B (en) |
GB (5) | GB2476402B (en) |
HK (1) | HK1105566A1 (en) |
TW (3) | TWI452983B (en) |
Families Citing this family (35)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP5026720B2 (en) * | 2006-03-31 | 2012-09-19 | コンビ株式会社 | Lullaby |
US7766199B1 (en) * | 2009-07-24 | 2010-08-03 | Gabriela Caperon | Baby carrier |
JP5479813B2 (en) * | 2009-08-13 | 2014-04-23 | コンビ株式会社 | Lullaby |
US20110062195A1 (en) * | 2009-09-11 | 2011-03-17 | Petunia Pickle Bottom Corporation | Child carrier with removable liner |
US20110101051A1 (en) * | 2009-11-02 | 2011-05-05 | Parness Michael A | Infant carrier with leg straps |
US9545159B2 (en) | 2010-05-27 | 2017-01-17 | Suling Wang | Apparatus for a baby carrier |
WO2012162757A1 (en) * | 2011-06-02 | 2012-12-06 | Smiling Sling Pty Limited | An exercise apparatus |
JP5848575B2 (en) | 2011-10-13 | 2016-01-27 | コンビ株式会社 | Lullaby |
JP5809072B2 (en) * | 2012-01-19 | 2015-11-10 | ラッキー工業株式会社 | Baby carrier |
JP2013212295A (en) * | 2012-04-03 | 2013-10-17 | Lucky Kogyo Kk | Baby carrier |
US9038868B2 (en) * | 2012-06-09 | 2015-05-26 | Dawn Amber Pitre Poiani | Twin baby carrier |
JP6366897B2 (en) * | 2013-03-14 | 2018-08-01 | コンビ株式会社 | Lullaby |
JP6271137B2 (en) * | 2013-03-14 | 2018-01-31 | コンビ株式会社 | Lullaby |
US9877595B2 (en) | 2013-03-20 | 2018-01-30 | Suling Wang | Apparatus for a baby carrier |
KR101529628B1 (en) * | 2013-06-17 | 2015-06-22 | 박솔 | Device for shouldering object and x connecting baby carrier |
TWI519246B (en) * | 2013-06-20 | 2016-02-01 | 劉淑貞 | A bouncing baby holding carrier with a damping system |
US10045634B2 (en) * | 2014-12-02 | 2018-08-14 | Blue Box Opco Llc | Infant carrier with adjustable side panels and torso band |
US9314113B1 (en) | 2015-01-15 | 2016-04-19 | Lisbeth Hals Lehan | Child carrier having adjustable seat coupling |
US10194731B2 (en) * | 2015-07-10 | 2019-02-05 | The North Face Apparel Corp. | Stowable and adjustable sternum strap |
US20170135497A1 (en) * | 2015-07-13 | 2017-05-18 | Christian Brodin | Carrier System and Method of Use |
US10973309B2 (en) * | 2015-12-28 | 2021-04-13 | Creola Thomas | Jacket and combination backpack |
JP6756439B2 (en) | 2016-11-23 | 2020-09-16 | ケーナイン スポート サック, エルエルシー | Pet carrying backpack |
US11389011B2 (en) | 2017-02-10 | 2022-07-19 | The Boppy Company, Llc | Newborn carrier |
US10264894B2 (en) | 2017-02-10 | 2019-04-23 | The Boppy Company, Llc | Baby carrier system |
US10555620B2 (en) | 2017-02-10 | 2020-02-11 | The Boppy Company, Llc | Baby carrier with ties |
US11272791B2 (en) * | 2018-10-15 | 2022-03-15 | Angelique N. Warner | Multiple position baby carrier |
JP6933954B2 (en) * | 2017-10-26 | 2021-09-08 | ニューウェルブランズ・ジャパン合同会社 | Babysitter |
WO2020041510A1 (en) | 2018-08-21 | 2020-02-27 | K9 Sport Sack, LLC | Bottom-entry pet carrying backpack |
USD882244S1 (en) | 2018-12-28 | 2020-04-28 | The Boppy Company, Llc | Baby carrier with ties |
NL2022903B1 (en) * | 2019-04-09 | 2021-06-28 | Maxi Miliaan Bv | Carrying device |
US11134794B2 (en) | 2019-05-20 | 2021-10-05 | Cuk Llc | Child carrier pack |
USD910309S1 (en) | 2019-07-24 | 2021-02-16 | The Boppy Company, Llc | Component for baby carrier |
EP3995051B1 (en) * | 2020-11-04 | 2023-09-13 | Overtea Sa | Child carrier |
WO2024044066A1 (en) * | 2022-08-24 | 2024-02-29 | Wildbird, Llc | Baby carrier |
KR102617396B1 (en) * | 2023-03-07 | 2023-12-28 | 주식회사 라안 | Baby carrier |
Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP3026388U (en) * | 1995-12-27 | 1996-07-12 | 長沢幸株式会社 | Baby holding device |
JP3079903U (en) * | 2001-02-28 | 2001-09-07 | 日本エイテックス株式会社 | Baby carrier that can be changed for holding and carrying |
JP2004181268A (en) * | 2004-03-29 | 2004-07-02 | Aprica Kassai Inc | Nursing belt and user-worn member |
JP2005118475A (en) * | 2003-10-20 | 2005-05-12 | Combi Corp | Nursing strap |
Family Cites Families (34)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
US3065944A (en) * | 1958-01-07 | 1962-11-27 | Georgia R Liebendorfer | Nursing bottle holder |
US3391413A (en) * | 1965-03-04 | 1968-07-09 | Samuel P. Crane | Spacer sheet and cushion |
DE1288262B (en) * | 1966-01-12 | 1969-01-30 | Higuchi Takeo | Portable seat on the back for small children |
US3575326A (en) * | 1968-05-27 | 1971-04-20 | Walter G Chappell | Infant carrier |
US4467945A (en) * | 1983-12-23 | 1984-08-28 | Schaapveld Junice A | Baby carrier |
GB8500264D0 (en) * | 1985-01-05 | 1985-02-13 | Davies J | Seat belt pad |
US4961251A (en) * | 1989-04-13 | 1990-10-09 | Ann Smith | Flexible safety belt buckle guard |
JPH0994136A (en) * | 1995-09-29 | 1997-04-08 | Aprica Kassai Inc | Baby carrier |
JP3623561B2 (en) * | 1995-10-06 | 2005-02-23 | アップリカ▲葛▼西株式会社 | Cushion structure |
US5848741A (en) * | 1996-10-25 | 1998-12-15 | Evenflo Company, Inc. | Soft-sided infant carrier with canopy |
US5699555A (en) * | 1996-11-22 | 1997-12-23 | Schunter; Christine K. | Child's waistbelt and leash for protection against abduction of a child |
JP3669612B2 (en) * | 1997-07-29 | 2005-07-13 | ラッキー工業株式会社 | Bridge belt mobile baby carrier |
JP4138982B2 (en) * | 1998-01-28 | 2008-08-27 | グラコ・チルドレンズ・プロダクツ・インコーポレイテッド | Baby carrier and baby carrier head support |
FR2778832B1 (en) * | 1998-05-25 | 2001-02-23 | Lafuma Sa | BACK CARRIER |
JP2958891B1 (en) * | 1998-09-29 | 1999-10-06 | 務 宮越 | Auxiliary bedding for low back pain |
JP2000225041A (en) * | 1999-02-08 | 2000-08-15 | Aprica Kassai Inc | Heat support for baby carrier and baby carrier having the same |
JP4233167B2 (en) * | 1999-03-01 | 2009-03-04 | コンビ株式会社 | Infant head keep and baby litter with the infant head keep |
JP2002282097A (en) * | 2001-03-26 | 2002-10-02 | Combi Corp | Head support for infant, baby band with head support for infant, and baby band for holding baby horizontally |
FR2824715B1 (en) * | 2001-05-15 | 2004-02-13 | Plastitemple | A NEW TYPE VENTRAL BABY CARRIER |
JP3990876B2 (en) * | 2001-06-18 | 2007-10-17 | ラッキー工業株式会社 | Baby carrier with flooring and flooring |
JP3925923B2 (en) * | 2003-01-21 | 2007-06-06 | 良子 宮下 | Baby sling |
JP2004236736A (en) * | 2003-02-04 | 2004-08-26 | Aprica Kassai Inc | Nursing belt |
US7004363B2 (en) * | 2003-03-21 | 2006-02-28 | Tumi, Inc. | Shoulder strap pad |
FR2857833A1 (en) * | 2003-07-25 | 2005-01-28 | Salomon Sa | Buckle with male and female part for e.g. clothes or rucksacks, concealed inside soft textile material sleeve |
WO2005037026A1 (en) * | 2003-10-20 | 2005-04-28 | Combi Corporation | Baby band |
US7739754B2 (en) * | 2004-03-29 | 2010-06-22 | Louis Garneau Sports Inc. | Seat pad for cyclist garment and method of manufacture |
GB0408171D0 (en) * | 2004-04-13 | 2004-05-19 | Fyfe Cathryn J | All-purpose child carrier |
SG116652A1 (en) * | 2004-04-30 | 2005-11-28 | Combi Co | Infant carrier. |
JP2007215551A (en) * | 2004-08-30 | 2007-08-30 | Nippon Eitekkusu Kk | Baby carrier |
JP2006075441A (en) * | 2004-09-10 | 2006-03-23 | Nagasawa Ko Kk | Baby carrier |
JP4772498B2 (en) * | 2005-09-21 | 2011-09-14 | アップリカ・チルドレンズプロダクツ株式会社 | Sling type babysitter |
JP5026720B2 (en) * | 2006-03-31 | 2012-09-19 | コンビ株式会社 | Lullaby |
US20100155446A1 (en) * | 2006-06-09 | 2010-06-24 | Robin Stein | Device for Carrying a Child |
US20080121674A1 (en) * | 2006-11-28 | 2008-05-29 | Fu-Yuan Yang | Three-dimensional ventilating pad for backpack |
-
2006
- 2006-03-31 JP JP2006099290A patent/JP5026720B2/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
-
2007
- 2007-03-26 TW TW096110400A patent/TWI452983B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2007-03-26 TW TW102129688A patent/TWI527541B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2007-03-26 TW TW102129686A patent/TWI549632B/en not_active IP Right Cessation
- 2007-03-27 US US11/691,870 patent/US20070284403A1/en not_active Abandoned
- 2007-03-29 GB GB1102027.8A patent/GB2476402B/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2007-03-29 GB GB0706220A patent/GB2436735B/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2007-03-29 GB GB1102020A patent/GB2476591B/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2007-03-29 GB GB1102018A patent/GB2476401B/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2007-03-29 GB GB1102022A patent/GB2476592B/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2007-03-30 KR KR1020070031933A patent/KR101433183B1/en active IP Right Grant
- 2007-03-30 CN CN2007100936238A patent/CN101044945B/en not_active Expired - Fee Related
- 2007-12-20 HK HK07114001.1A patent/HK1105566A1/en not_active IP Right Cessation
Patent Citations (4)
Publication number | Priority date | Publication date | Assignee | Title |
---|---|---|---|---|
JP3026388U (en) * | 1995-12-27 | 1996-07-12 | 長沢幸株式会社 | Baby holding device |
JP3079903U (en) * | 2001-02-28 | 2001-09-07 | 日本エイテックス株式会社 | Baby carrier that can be changed for holding and carrying |
JP2005118475A (en) * | 2003-10-20 | 2005-05-12 | Combi Corp | Nursing strap |
JP2004181268A (en) * | 2004-03-29 | 2004-07-02 | Aprica Kassai Inc | Nursing belt and user-worn member |
Also Published As
Publication number | Publication date |
---|---|
GB2476591A (en) | 2011-06-29 |
CN101044945A (en) | 2007-10-03 |
GB2436735B (en) | 2011-05-18 |
HK1105566A1 (en) | 2008-02-22 |
TW200735819A (en) | 2007-10-01 |
GB201102018D0 (en) | 2011-03-23 |
TWI527541B (en) | 2016-04-01 |
GB2476592B (en) | 2011-09-14 |
GB2476402B (en) | 2012-02-15 |
GB2476401A (en) | 2011-06-22 |
GB2476401B (en) | 2011-09-14 |
GB2476592A (en) | 2011-06-29 |
JP2007268073A (en) | 2007-10-18 |
CN101044945B (en) | 2012-01-18 |
US20070284403A1 (en) | 2007-12-13 |
GB201102020D0 (en) | 2011-03-23 |
KR101433183B1 (en) | 2014-08-22 |
TW201350059A (en) | 2013-12-16 |
GB2436735A (en) | 2007-10-03 |
GB2476591B (en) | 2011-09-14 |
GB201102027D0 (en) | 2011-03-23 |
GB201102022D0 (en) | 2011-03-23 |
GB2476402A (en) | 2011-06-22 |
JP5026720B2 (en) | 2012-09-19 |
TWI549632B (en) | 2016-09-21 |
GB0706220D0 (en) | 2007-05-09 |
KR20070098746A (en) | 2007-10-05 |
TW201350060A (en) | 2013-12-16 |
Similar Documents
Publication | Publication Date | Title |
---|---|---|
TWI452983B (en) | Baby carrier | |
JP3856625B2 (en) | Face-to-face and forward-looking baby carrier | |
JP5647245B2 (en) | Baby or infant carrier device | |
KR101046634B1 (en) | Baby bag combined with baby bag with waist bag | |
US20140319189A1 (en) | Child carrier | |
WO2005037026A1 (en) | Baby band | |
KR101426751B1 (en) | Baby carrier | |
WO2012079787A1 (en) | Child carrier | |
JP3669612B2 (en) | Bridge belt mobile baby carrier | |
NL2008730C2 (en) | Child carrier. | |
WO2006025126A1 (en) | Baby carrier | |
JP2004181268A (en) | Nursing belt and user-worn member | |
JP5026723B2 (en) | Lullaby | |
JP3127392U (en) | Baby carrier | |
JP3148444U (en) | Baby carrier | |
KR20150004498U (en) | Variable width multi-functional sling blanket | |
JP3725610B2 (en) | Baby bag combined with waist bag | |
JP5026722B2 (en) | Lullaby | |
JP3131283U (en) | Baby carrier | |
JP5026721B2 (en) | Lullaby | |
JP2007268077A (en) | Baby carrier | |
JP3107643U (en) | Baby carrier | |
JP3136266B2 (en) | Baby holder combined use waist bag | |
JP2024115133A (en) | Multi-functional bag | |
JP3117154U (en) | Baby carrier |
Legal Events
Date | Code | Title | Description |
---|---|---|---|
MM4A | Annulment or lapse of patent due to non-payment of fees |